WO2022138670A1 - 化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法 - Google Patents
化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022138670A1 WO2022138670A1 PCT/JP2021/047416 JP2021047416W WO2022138670A1 WO 2022138670 A1 WO2022138670 A1 WO 2022138670A1 JP 2021047416 W JP2021047416 W JP 2021047416W WO 2022138670 A1 WO2022138670 A1 WO 2022138670A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- formula
- iodine
- hydroxyl
- ester
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 258
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 175
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 160
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 93
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 73
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 title abstract description 4
- -1 phosphone group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 252
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims abstract description 178
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 125000004036 acetal group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 111
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 104
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 99
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 92
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphine group Chemical group P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 125000005462 imide group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 244
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 229
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 219
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 claims description 198
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 160
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 98
- IVHVNMLJNASKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chlorphonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[P+](CCCC)(CCCC)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl IVHVNMLJNASKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 90
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 87
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 87
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 86
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 79
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 59
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 54
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 53
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 45
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical class 0.000 claims description 44
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 101100495835 Oryza sativa subsp. japonica Cht1 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000004651 carbonic acid esters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000007239 Wittig reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000911 decarboxylating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000006114 decarboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 101100311330 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) uap56 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101150018444 sub2 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 abstract description 48
- 125000005111 carboxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 4
- 125000000923 (C1-C30) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 235000013675 iodine Nutrition 0.000 description 165
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 127
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 107
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 74
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 67
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 60
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 57
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 55
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 41
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 40
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 32
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 31
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 29
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 28
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 28
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 25
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000003880 polar aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 24
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 22
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 21
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 20
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 20
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 20
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 17
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 15
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 13
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 12
- DFYRUELUNQRZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N apocynin Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(C)=O)=CC=C1O DFYRUELUNQRZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 11
- 150000008027 tertiary esters Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 10
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 229960004106 citric acid Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000012487 rinsing solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 8
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 7
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 229910010277 boron hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 239000011929 di(propylene glycol) methyl ether Substances 0.000 description 6
- JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)Cl JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000003586 protic polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 6
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011973 solid acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QZRGKCOWNLSUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iodochlorine Chemical compound ICl QZRGKCOWNLSUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 5
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000355 1,3-benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 4
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OWZPCEFYPSAJFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butan-2-yl)-4,6-dinitrophenol Chemical compound CCC(C)C1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1O OWZPCEFYPSAJFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenol Chemical group OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RNWDWZSJNWCQED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(1-hydroxyethyl)-2-iodo-6-methoxyphenol Chemical compound CC(C(C=C1I)=CC(OC)=C1O)O RNWDWZSJNWCQED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UZFMOKQJFYMBGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-TEMPO Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(O)CC(C)(C)N1[O] UZFMOKQJFYMBGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- BDRRAMWDUCXAKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N apocynol Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(C)O)=CC=C1O BDRRAMWDUCXAKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KSHJAFFDLKPUMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dinitro-ortho-cresol Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O KSHJAFFDLKPUMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(C)O QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 150000004715 keto acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 4
- RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophenol Chemical group SC1=CC=CC=C1 RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YUPAWYWJNZDARM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(butan-2-yl)borane Chemical compound CCC(C)B(C(C)CC)C(C)CC YUPAWYWJNZDARM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JSZQVDXPKCAQJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(C)=O)=CC(I)=C1O JSZQVDXPKCAQJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHEPEBSAXUKYRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC1=C(C=C(C=C)C=C1I)OC Chemical compound OC1=C(C=C(C=C)C=C1I)OC WHEPEBSAXUKYRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241001125048 Sardina Species 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical class [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 3
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960005215 dichloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012510 hollow fiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- FBAFATDZDUQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M iron chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Fe] FBAFATDZDUQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- VLAPMBHFAWRUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-L molybdic acid Chemical compound O[Mo](O)(=O)=O VLAPMBHFAWRUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N mono-hydroxyphenyl-ethylene Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1C=C JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- YZMHQCWXYHARLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,2-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 YZMHQCWXYHARLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;trioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000013824 polyphenols Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000019512 sardine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WHOZNOZYMBRCBL-OUKQBFOZSA-N (2E)-2-Tetradecenal Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\C=O WHOZNOZYMBRCBL-OUKQBFOZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOLQKTGDSGKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CCOCC(C)O JOLQKTGDSGKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBMCTIGTTCKYKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-heptanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCO BBMCTIGTTCKYKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-LURJTMIESA-N 2-Hexanol Natural products CCCC[C@H](C)O QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNZQDUSMALZDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran-1(3H)-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)OCC2=C1 WNZQDUSMALZDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQBXSWAWVZHKBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOCCOC(C)=O NQBXSWAWVZHKBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CETWDUZRCINIHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-heptanol Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)O CETWDUZRCINIHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-heptanone Chemical compound CCCC(=O)CCC HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHHSNMVTDWUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde Chemical class OC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 RGHHSNMVTDWUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUGYGGDSWSUORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxystyrene Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 FUGYGGDSWSUORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WVYWICLMDOOCFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2-pentanol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)O WVYWICLMDOOCFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylcatechol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydropyran Chemical compound C1COC=CC1 BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DXVYLFHTJZWTRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC(C)C DXVYLFHTJZWTRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FMRHJJZUHUTGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylhexyl salicylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O FMRHJJZUHUTGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RZKSECIXORKHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heptan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)CC RZKSECIXORKHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-iodosuccinimide Chemical compound IN1C(=O)CCC1=O LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N acenaphthene Chemical compound C1=CC(CC2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GXCSNALCLRPEAS-CFYXSCKTSA-N azane (Z)-hydroxyimino-oxido-phenylazanium Chemical compound N.O\N=[N+](/[O-])c1ccccc1 GXCSNALCLRPEAS-CFYXSCKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWJVNKMWXNTSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanium;hydroxide;hydrochloride Chemical compound [NH4+].O.[Cl-] TWJVNKMWXNTSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PPTSBERGOGHCHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron lithium Chemical compound [Li].[B] PPTSBERGOGHCHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MOOAHMCRPCTRLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron sodium Chemical compound [B].[Na] MOOAHMCRPCTRLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;methylsulfanylmethane Chemical compound [B].CSC MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005670 ethenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Natural products COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- NGAZZOYFWWSOGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-3-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)CC NGAZZOYFWWSOGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOCHHNOQQHDWHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCC(O)CC ZOCHHNOQQHDWHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOGQPLXWSUTHQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCOC(C)=O AOGQPLXWSUTHQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- MLFHJEHSLIIPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamyl acetate Chemical compound CC(C)CCOC(C)=O MLFHJEHSLIIPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004681 metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl methyl ketone Natural products CCCCC(C)=O QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)CC NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxyphenol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCC(C)O JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XNLICIUVMPYHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-2-one Chemical compound CCCC(C)=O XNLICIUVMPYHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PGMYKACGEOXYJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCCOC(C)=O PGMYKACGEOXYJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940044654 phenolsulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinic acid Chemical compound O[PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NTTOTNSKUYCDAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium hydride Chemical compound [KH] NTTOTNSKUYCDAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000105 potassium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl acetate Chemical compound CCCOC(C)=O YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001725 pyrenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012925 reference material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LALRXNPLTWZJIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylborane Chemical compound CCB(CC)CC LALRXNPLTWZJIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005292 vacuum distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZULTYUIALNTCSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc hydride Chemical compound [ZnH2] ZULTYUIALNTCSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000051 zinc hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RYNQKSJRFHJZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl) acetate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCOC(C)=O RYNQKSJRFHJZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYTJWSIQFGEYPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-ethenyl-2-ethoxy-6-iodophenyl) acetate Chemical compound CCOC1=CC(C=C)=CC(I)=C1OC(C)=O PYTJWSIQFGEYPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OALYTRUKMRCXNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (R)- Dihydro-5-pentyl-2(3H)-furanone Natural products CCCCCC1CCC(=O)O1 OALYTRUKMRCXNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FANQEIMTCNGAGK-IZZDOVSWSA-N (e)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(4-methylphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FANQEIMTCNGAGK-IZZDOVSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzothiadiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2SN=NC2=C1 FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJFOTJFZCZTTKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-2-one Chemical compound CCOC1=CC(CC(CC(C=C2OCC)=CC=C2O)=O)=CC=C1O MJFOTJFZCZTTKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOPRFCTWIXKHGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-one Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(CC(=O)CC=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 HOPRFCTWIXKHGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCN=C2CCCN21 SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CCOCC(C)OC(C)=O LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- DMFAHCVITRDZQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propoxypropan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CCCOCC(C)OC(C)=O DMFAHCVITRDZQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVOSYKNQRRHGKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-Undecanolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCCCCCCO1 MVOSYKNQRRHGKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJBWJFWNFUKAGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C(=CC=CC=1)O)C1=CC=CC=C1O LJBWJFWNFUKAGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUNIOFWUJYBVGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-10-fluoro-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[1,2]cyclohepta[6,7-d]pyran-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C1C(C#N)=C(N)OC2=C1CCCC1=CC=C(F)C=C12 UUNIOFWUJYBVGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXCBAMBCSRMDOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxy-4-(1-hydroxyethyl)phenol Chemical compound CCOC1=CC(C(C)O)=CC=C1O WXCBAMBCSRMDOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVZLHPXEUGJPAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxidanylpropanoic acid Chemical class CC(O)C(O)=O.CC(O)C(O)=O KVZLHPXEUGJPAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QMAQLCVJIYANPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCCOCCOC(C)=O QMAQLCVJIYANPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMRPBPVERJPACX-QMMMGPOBSA-N 3-Octanol Natural products CCCCC[C@@H](O)CC NMRPBPVERJPACX-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAXFAQRPPCJZAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethoxy-4-(1-hydroxyethyl)phenol Chemical compound CCOC1=C(C(C)O)C=CC(O)=C1 JAXFAQRPPCJZAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZODAQZAFOBFLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-iodobenzaldehyde Chemical compound IC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 RZODAQZAFOBFLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMYGFTJCQFEDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxybutyl acetate Chemical compound COC(C)CCOC(C)=O QMYGFTJCQFEDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SESXGMHZBRRIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenol Chemical compound CC(C(C(I)=CC(O)=C1)=C1OC)O SESXGMHZBRRIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBBCSYADXYILEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=O)=CC(I)=C1O FBBCSYADXYILEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMGMDXCADSRNCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydroxy-1,3-diazepan-2-one Chemical compound OC1CNC(=O)NCC1O ZMGMDXCADSRNCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8beta-(2,3-epoxy-2-methylbutyryloxy)-14-acetoxytithifolin Natural products COC(=O)C(C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QAPKROFOOCFQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(OC(C)(C)CF)=O Chemical group CC(C)(C)OC(OC(C)(C)CF)=O QAPKROFOOCFQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVNRJZBWNCXCHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(OC(C(OC)=CC(C=C)=C1)=C1I)=O Chemical compound CC(OC(C(OC)=CC(C=C)=C1)=C1I)=O SVNRJZBWNCXCHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000223760 Cinnamomum zeylanicum Species 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZCDANOFLILNSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl hydrogen phosphite Chemical compound COP(=O)OC HZCDANOFLILNSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- XXRCUYVCPSWGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl pyruvate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=O XXRCUYVCPSWGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001116 FEMA 4028 Substances 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyurea Chemical group NC(=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lactic Acid Natural products CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRQNANDWMGAFTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylacetoacetic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)CC(C)=O WRQNANDWMGAFTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylacetamide Chemical compound CNC(C)=O OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nicotinamide Chemical group NC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTXUQEKXCJSWMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonanolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCCCCO1 FTXUQEKXCJSWMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002302 Nylon 6,6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QLZHNIAADXEJJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenylphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QLZHNIAADXEJJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHBRHBQMHLEELN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;1-butoxybutane Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCCCOCCCC OHBRHBQMHLEELN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetnaphthylene Natural products C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001346 alkyl aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010539 anionic addition polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003934 aromatic aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QKWLQWFMFQOKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N basketane Chemical compound C1CC2C3C4C1C1C4C3C21 QKWLQWFMFQOKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N beta-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011175 beta-cyclodextrine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004853 betadex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDPAWGWELVVRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromoacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CBr KDPAWGWELVVRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GDLKDGFIUWNVSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(C)(C)OC GDLKDGFIUWNVSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYKQGLNAVREJFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 3-methoxybutanoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(C)OC XYKQGLNAVREJFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229930188620 butyrolactone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001444 catalytic combustion detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- FCYRSDMGOLYDHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOCCl FCYRSDMGOLYDHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000017803 cinnamon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- TXWRERCHRDBNLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cubane Chemical compound C12C3C4C1C1C4C3C12 TXWRERCHRDBNLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003950 cyclic amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006547 cyclononyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- XCIXKGXIYUWCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanol Chemical compound OC1CCCC1 XCIXKGXIYUWCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- MAWOHFOSAIXURX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentylcyclopentane Chemical group C1CCCC1C1CCCC1 MAWOHFOSAIXURX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000950 dibromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)OC(O)=O ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003963 dichloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004188 dichlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006264 diethylaminomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004212 difluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical group C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006222 dimethylaminomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ASMQGLCHMVWBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-M diphenyl phosphate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(=O)([O-])OC1=CC=CC=C1 ASMQGLCHMVWBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000018459 dissociative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N doxepin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)/C2=CC=CC=C21 ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OCC BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJUHLFUALMUWOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCOC IJUHLFUALMUWOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117360 ethyl pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001900 extreme ultraviolet lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- IMBKASBLAKCLEM-UHFFFAOYSA-L ferrous ammonium sulfate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[Fe+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O IMBKASBLAKCLEM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000457 gamma-lactone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010559 graft polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- MHLPKAGDPWUOOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N housane Chemical compound C1CC2CC21 MHLPKAGDPWUOOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009776 industrial production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940079865 intestinal antiinfectives imidazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940117955 isoamyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011254 layer-forming composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099690 malic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KKHUSADXXDNRPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malonic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)O1 KKHUSADXXDNRPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OC HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYLUAHKXJUQFDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound COCC(C)C(=O)OC LYLUAHKXJUQFDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound COCCC(=O)OC BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940057867 methyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940017219 methyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CWKLZLBVOJRSOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl pyruvate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=O CWKLZLBVOJRSOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001471 micro-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940054192 micro-guard Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000199 molecular distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001064 morpholinomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CXAYOCVHDCXPAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalen-1-yl(phenyl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CXAYOCVHDCXPAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002872 norbornadienyl group Chemical group C12=C(C=C(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WOFPPJOZXUTRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-4-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)CCC WOFPPJOZXUTRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- CDXVUROVRIFQMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(diphenoxy)phosphanium Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1O[P+](=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 CDXVUROVRIFQMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQKYHDHLEMEVDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo-bis(phenylmethoxy)phosphanium Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CO[P+](=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 RQKYHDHLEMEVDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000538 pentafluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(*)C(F)=C1F 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002990 phenothiazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MLCHBQKMVKNBOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylphosphinic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MLCHBQKMVKNBOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003007 phosphonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003009 phosphonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005554 pickling Methods 0.000 description 1
- XUWHAWMETYGRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCCN1 XUWHAWMETYGRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ILVGAIQLOCKNQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C(C)O ILVGAIQLOCKNQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003220 pyrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001256 steam distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003883 substance clean up Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BMLUXWDVEGPXNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl carboniodidate Chemical group CC(C)(C)OC(I)=O BMLUXWDVEGPXNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMZJPEGRFQHGBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl carbonofluoridate Chemical group CC(C)(C)OC(F)=O RMZJPEGRFQHGBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005622 tetraalkylammonium hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004360 trifluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ADZJWYULTMTLQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tritylphosphane;hydrobromide Chemical compound [Br-].C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)([PH3+])C1=CC=CC=C1 ADZJWYULTMTLQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
- C07C43/02—Ethers
- C07C43/20—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C43/23—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C37/00—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C37/11—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by reactions increasing the number of carbon atoms
- C07C37/20—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by reactions increasing the number of carbon atoms using aldehydes or ketones
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C39/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C39/24—Halogenated derivatives
- C07C39/373—Halogenated derivatives with all hydroxy groups on non-condensed rings and with unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C41/00—Preparation of ethers; Preparation of compounds having groups, groups or groups
- C07C41/01—Preparation of ethers
- C07C41/18—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds
- C07C41/22—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds by introduction of halogens; by substitution of halogen atoms by other halogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C41/00—Preparation of ethers; Preparation of compounds having groups, groups or groups
- C07C41/01—Preparation of ethers
- C07C41/18—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds
- C07C41/26—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds by introduction of hydroxy or O-metal groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C41/00—Preparation of ethers; Preparation of compounds having groups, groups or groups
- C07C41/01—Preparation of ethers
- C07C41/18—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds
- C07C41/30—Preparation of ethers by reactions not forming ether-oxygen bonds by increasing the number of carbon atoms, e.g. by oligomerisation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
- C07C43/02—Ethers
- C07C43/20—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C43/225—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C45/00—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds
- C07C45/61—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by reactions not involving the formation of >C = O groups
- C07C45/63—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by reactions not involving the formation of >C = O groups by introduction of halogen; by substitution of halogen atoms by other halogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C49/00—Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
- C07C49/76—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C49/84—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
- C07C59/58—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C59/64—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C59/66—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings the non-carboxylic part of the ether containing six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C59/68—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups containing six-membered aromatic rings the non-carboxylic part of the ether containing six-membered aromatic rings the oxygen atom of the ether group being bound to a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C59/70—Ethers of hydroxy-acetic acid, e.g. substitutes on the ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C67/00—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters
- C07C67/08—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters by reacting carboxylic acids or symmetrical anhydrides with the hydroxy or O-metal group of organic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/62—Halogen-containing esters
- C07C69/63—Halogen-containing esters of saturated acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
- C07C69/67—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of saturated acids
- C07C69/708—Ethers
- C07C69/712—Ethers the hydroxy group of the ester being etherified with a hydroxy compound having the hydroxy group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
- C07C69/73—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids
- C07C69/734—Ethers
- C07C69/736—Ethers the hydroxy group of the ester being etherified with a hydroxy compound having the hydroxy group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/96—Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
- C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D309/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D309/10—Oxygen atoms
- C07D309/12—Oxygen atoms only hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. tetrahydropyranyl ethers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F12/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F12/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F12/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F12/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
- C08F12/04—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
- C08F12/14—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
- C08F12/16—Halogens
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F12/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F12/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
- C08F12/04—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
- C08F12/14—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
- C08F12/22—Oxygen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F12/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F12/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
- C08F12/04—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
- C08F12/14—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
- C08F12/22—Oxygen
- C08F12/24—Phenols or alcohols
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F212/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F212/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
- C08F212/04—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
- C08F212/14—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by heteroatoms or groups containing heteroatoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
- C08F220/10—Esters
- C08F220/12—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
- C08F220/16—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
- C08F220/18—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
- C08F220/1811—C10or C11-(Meth)acrylate, e.g. isodecyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate or 2-naphthyl (meth)acrylate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F246/00—Copolymers in which the nature of only the monomers in minority is defined
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D125/00—Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
- C09D125/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of aromatic monomers containing elements other than carbon and hydrogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D133/00—Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
- C09D133/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
- C09D133/06—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
- C09D133/062—Copolymers with monomers not covered by C09D133/06
- C09D133/066—Copolymers with monomers not covered by C09D133/06 containing -OH groups
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
- C07C2603/56—Ring systems containing bridged rings
- C07C2603/58—Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings
- C07C2603/70—Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings containing only six-membered rings
- C07C2603/74—Adamantanes
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a compound, a polymer, a composition, a film-forming composition, a pattern forming method, an insulating film forming method, and a compound manufacturing method.
- the general resist material so far is a polymer-based resist material capable of forming an amorphous film.
- a polymer-based resist composition such as polymethylmethacrylate, polyhydroxystyrene having an acid dissociative group, or polyalkylmethacrylate can be mentioned (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1).
- a resist thin film prepared by applying a solution of these resist compositions on a substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, extreme ultraviolet rays, etc. to form a line pattern of about 10 to 100 nm. is doing.
- Non-Patent Document 2 lithography using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet (EUV) has a different reaction mechanism from ordinary optical lithography
- EUV extreme ultraviolet
- the goal is to form fine patterns of several nm to ten and several nm.
- a resist composition having higher sensitivity to the exposure light source is required.
- EUV extreme ultraviolet rays
- it is required to further increase the sensitivity in terms of throughput.
- the sensitivity of extreme ultraviolet (EUV) does not necessarily correlate with the sensitivity of electron beam (EB), and it is required to exhibit particularly high sensitivity to extreme ultraviolet (EUV).
- a resist composition containing a metal complex such as titanium, tin, hafnium or zirconium has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
- the conventionally developed film-forming composition has a problem that the sensitivity to an exposure light source is not sufficiently high in the formation of a finer-lined pattern.
- the present invention relates to a compound, a polymer, a composition, a film-forming composition, a pattern forming method, an insulating film forming method and a compound, which can obtain a resist having better exposure sensitivity.
- the purpose is to provide a manufacturing method.
- the present inventors have found that the exposure sensitivity of a resist formed by using a compound having a specific structure or a polymer containing the compound as a constituent unit can be improved.
- the present invention has been completed. That is, the present invention is as follows.
- a compound represented by the following formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group , RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, and RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- [6] A composition containing 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less of the compound represented by the following formula (1A) with respect to the entire compound according to any one of [1] to [5].
- the formula (1A1), and the formula (1A2), RA , RX, RB and P are the same as the definitions in the formula (1), and R sub is the formula ( 1A1 ) or Represents formula (1A2), where * is a binding site with an adjacent building block.
- [7] A composition containing the compound according to any one of [1] to [5] and the compound represented by the following formula (1B) in an amount of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less based on the whole compound.
- the compound according to any one of [1] to [5] is included.
- the content of impurities containing one or more elements selected from the group consisting of Mn, Al, Si, and Li is 1 mass ppm or less with respect to the entire compound in terms of elements, [9] or [10].
- the composition according to. [12] The composition according to any one of [9] to [11], wherein the content of the phosphorus-containing compound is 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound.
- X is an organic group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of I, F, Cl, Br, or I, F, Cl, and Br, respectively.
- L 1 is independently a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphin group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphorus.
- the L1 ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group is an acid group.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- RA is the same as the definition in equation (1).
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Z is independently an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonate ester group, and the alkoxy group, the ester group, the acetal group, the carboxylalkoxy group, or the carbonate ester group of Z is It may have a substituent and may have a substituent.
- m is an integer of 0 or more
- n is an integer of 1 or more
- r is an integer of 0 or more.
- RC11 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC12 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC13 is a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, which is formed by combining carbon atoms bonded to RC13 .
- * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC21 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC22 and RC23 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC24 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1. It is an alkyl group of about 30, and P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group), and the step of preparing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate; b) A dehydration step of dehydrating the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate, A method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (1), which comprises.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group
- step of preparing an alcoholic substrate f) With the iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the alcoholic substrate;
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- a method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (2) which comprises.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- RC is an substituted or unsubstituted acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group
- step of preparing an alcoholic substrate f)
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- An iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the ketone substrate and A method for producing an iodine-containing ketone compound represented by the following formula (1-2), which comprises.
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- a compound, a polymer, a composition, a film-forming composition, a pattern forming method, an insulating film forming method, and a compound manufacturing method which can obtain a resist having better exposure sensitivity. be able to.
- the present embodiment is an example for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment.
- (Meta) acrylate means at least one selected from acrylates, haloacrylates and methacrylates.
- the halo acrylate means an acrylate in which a halogen is substituted at the position of the methyl group of the methacrylate.
- Other terms that the expression (meth) has are interpreted in the same manner as (meth) acrylate.
- (Co) polymer means at least one selected from homopolymers and copolymers.
- Compound (A) The compound according to the first embodiment (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (A)” in the first embodiment) is represented by the following formula (1).
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- the compound (A) according to the present embodiment it is possible to provide a compound for obtaining a resist having better exposure sensitivity.
- substitution means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a functional group are substituted with a substituent unless otherwise defined.
- the "substituent” is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a thiol group, a heterocyclic group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Examples thereof include an aryl group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms. Be done.
- the alkyl group may be any of a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group in the formula (1) from the viewpoint of increasing the hydrophilicity.
- RB is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- P is preferably a hydroxyl group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and more preferably an ester group, an acetal group or a carbonate ester group.
- the above compound (A) is preferably used in combination with the compound represented by the following formula (1A). That is, the composition according to the present embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1A).
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1A) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the above compound (A) is preferably used in combination with the compound represented by the following formula (1B). That is, the composition according to this embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1B).
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1B) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the composition according to this embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1C).
- the compound represented by the formula (1C) has a mass of 1 mass ppm or more and 10 mass with respect to the compound (A) with respect to the entire compound (A). It is preferably contained in the range of% or less, more preferably in the range of 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably in the range of 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- RA , RX , RB and P are the same as the definitions in equation (1), but neither RB nor P includes I).
- the composition of this embodiment contains compound (A).
- K potassium
- the content of impurities containing K in the composition is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 mass ppm or less, and further, in terms of elements, with respect to the entire compound (A). It is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 0.005 mass ppm or less.
- the content of peroxide is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1 ppm or less, still more preferably 0.1 ppm or less, based on the whole compound (A). be.
- one or more elemental impurities selected from the group consisting of Mn (manganese), Al (aluminum), Si (silicon), and Li (lithium) (preferably from the group consisting of Mn and Al).
- the content of one or more selected elemental impurities is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 ppm or less, still more preferably 0.1 ppm or less with respect to the entire compound (A) in terms of elements. Is.
- the content of the phosphorus-containing compound is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, and further preferably 5 ppm or less with respect to the entire compound (A).
- the content of maleic acid is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, and further preferably 5 ppm or less with respect to the entire compound (A).
- the polymer (A) of the present embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned compound (A).
- the polymer (A) can increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source when blended in the resist composition. In particular, even when extreme ultraviolet rays are used as the exposure light source, sufficient sensitivity can be exhibited and a fine line pattern with a narrow line width can be satisfactorily formed.
- the stability of the resist composition is improved, and the decrease in sensitivity to the exposure light source is suppressed even when the resist composition is stored for a long period of time.
- the polymer (A) of the present embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the compound (A).
- the structural unit derived from the compound (A) contained in the polymer (A) includes, for example, a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-A).
- RA, RX , RB and P are the same as the definitions in formula (1), and * is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (C0). That is, in the polymer (A), in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the structural unit represented by the following formula (C0), the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2) is further added. It is preferable to include it.
- X is an organic group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of I, F, Cl, Br, or I, F, Cl, and Br, respectively.
- L 1 is independently a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphin group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphorus.
- the L1 ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group is an acid group.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- RA is the same as the definition in equation (1).
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Z is independently an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonate ester group, and the alkoxy group, the ester group, the acetal group, the carboxylalkoxy group, or the carbonate ester group of Z is It may have a substituent and may have a substituent.
- m is an integer of 0 or more
- n is an integer of 1 or more
- r is an integer of 0 or more.
- RC11 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC12 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC13 is a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, which is formed by combining carbon atoms bonded to RC13 . * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC21 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC22 and RC23 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC24 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 were formed together with carbon atoms bonded to two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 . An alicyclic structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms may be formed. * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit. )
- composition for film formation The film-forming composition of the present embodiment can also be used as an optical component-forming composition to which a lithography technique is applied.
- Optical components are used in the form of films and sheets, as well as plastic lenses (prism lenses, lenticular lenses, microlenses, frennel lenses, viewing angle control lenses, contrast-enhancing lenses, etc.), retardation films, electromagnetic wave shielding films, and prisms.
- the composition is an embedded film and a flattening film on a photodiode, a flattening film before and after a color filter, a microlens, and a flattening on a microlens, which are members of a solid-state image sensor that are particularly required to have a high refractive index. It can be suitably used as a film and a conformal film.
- the film-forming composition of the present embodiment may contain the compound (A), the composition of the present embodiment, or the polymer (A).
- the film-forming composition of the present embodiment may further contain an acid generator (C), a base generator (G), or an acid diffusion control agent (E) (basic compound).
- the method for forming the resist pattern of the present embodiment is as follows.
- the method for forming the insulating film of the present embodiment may include the method for forming the resist pattern of the present embodiment. That is, the method for forming the insulating film of the present embodiment is as follows. A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the film-forming composition of the present embodiment, The step of exposing the pattern to the resist film and The step of developing the resist film after the exposure and May include.
- the method for producing the iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the formula (1) is a) General structure represented by the following formula (1-1): (In formula (1-1), RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group , RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, and RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group
- the step of preparing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate May include.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group
- the iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the alcoholic substrate; May include.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (2) is k)
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- RC is an substituted or unsubstituted acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic compound represented by the following formula (1-1) is c) General structure represented by the following formula (1-2):
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1. It is an alkyl group of about 30, and P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic compound represented by the following formula (1-1) is e) General structure represented by the following formula (1-3): (In formula (1-3), RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group , RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, and RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is an alkyl group of about 30, and P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- the method for producing the iodine-containing ketone compound represented by the following formula (1-2) is g) General structure represented by the following formula (1-4):
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group. be.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (1) is i) General structure represented by the following formula (1-4): (In the formula (1-4), RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or an ester.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1. It is an alkyl group of about 30, and P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (1) is a) General structure represented by the following formula (1-5): (In formula (1-5), RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group , RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, and RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (1) is a) General structure represented by the following formula (1-5): (In formula (1-5), RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group , RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom, and RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of carbons 1.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RX is an OR B or a hydrogen atom
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon.
- the compounds, polymers, compositions, film-forming compositions, pattern-forming methods, insulating film-forming methods, and compound-producing methods described above in this embodiment may be applied to extreme ultraviolet applications.
- the second embodiment is an embodiment in the case where RX in the compound (A) in the first embodiment is OR B.
- the second embodiment is an example for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the second embodiment.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group.
- Or a phosphate group is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RA is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group in order to increase the sensitivity.
- a trifluoromethyl group is preferable as RA from the viewpoint of enhancing absorption to EUV.
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- RB is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkyl having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Groups are more preferred.
- substitution means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a functional group are substituted with a substituent unless otherwise defined.
- the "substituent” is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a thiol group, a heterocyclic group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Examples thereof include an aryl group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms. Be done.
- the alkyl group may be any of a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is not limited to the following, but for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, and the like. Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-dodecyl group and a barrel group.
- Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, a phenyl group, a naphthalene group, a biphenyl group, an anthracyl group, a pyrenyl group, a perylene group and the like.
- Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, an ethynyl group, a propenyl group, a butynyl group, a pentynyl group and the like.
- Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, an acetylene group and an ethynyl group.
- the alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is not limited to the following, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, and a pentoxy group.
- P is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group and a thioether group.
- Phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphin group of P.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- the ester group is preferably a tertiary ester group from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
- * 3 is a binding site with A.
- P is preferably a hydroxyl group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group or a carboxyl group.
- Carboxyalkoxy groups are even more preferred.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonic acid ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group is preferable.
- P is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1) independently of each other.
- L 2 is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid or base.
- * 1 is a binding site with a benzene ring
- * 2 is a binding site with R 2 .
- L 2 is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- a carboxylalkoxy group is more preferable.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- P is a formula for the purpose of controlling the polymerizable property of the resin and setting the degree of polymerization within a desired range. It is preferably a group represented by (P-1). Since the compound (A) has iodine, it has a large influence on the active species during the polymer formation reaction and it is difficult to control it as desired. Therefore, the hydrophilic group in the compound (A) is represented by the formula (P-1). By having the group as a protective group, it is possible to suppress the variation in the formation of the copolymer derived from the hydrophilic group and the inhibition of the polymerization.
- R2 is an aliphatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the group group may or may not have a substituent.
- R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group.
- the aliphatic group in R2 is preferably a branched or cyclic aliphatic group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, and further preferably 4 or more and 8 or less.
- the aliphatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group and an adamantyl group.
- a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
- it when it is cleaved by the action of an acid or a base, it forms a carboxylic acid group and is insoluble in the dissociated part in the development process. Since the difference in solubility and the difference in dissolution rate between the rows are widened, the resolution is improved, and the residue at the bottom of the pattern in the fine line pattern is particularly suppressed, which is preferable.
- P is, for example, a group independently represented by any of the following equations.
- alkoxy group that can be used as P examples include an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 2 or more carbon atoms is used from the viewpoint of the solubility of the resin after resinification in combination with another monomer. Alkoxy groups having 3 or more carbon atoms or a cyclic structure are preferable. Specific examples of the alkoxy group that can be used as P include, but are not limited to, the following.
- amino group and the amide group that can be used as P a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a group having a quaternary ammonium salt structure, an amide having a substituent and the like can be appropriately used.
- Specific examples of the amino group or amide group that can be used include, but are not limited to, the following.
- the compound (A) according to the second embodiment contains an iodine group and OR B in the molecule, so that a polymer using the compound (A) is applied to a resist composition to form a film, expose, and develop.
- pattern formation is performed by a lithography process consisting of, by improving the solubility in a developing solution with an iodine group and an OR B group, development defects such as development residue, roughness, and bridge, and other sensitivities and resolutions are achieved. It is expected that it is possible to achieve both lithography performance such as, and as a result, it is possible to improve the pattern quality in finer pattern formation. As a result, it is considered to be effective in improving the pattern quality in a pattern in which a defect due to solubility in a developing solution is a problem, such as a line and space pattern.
- Examples of the compound (A) according to the second embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the second embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1A).
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1A) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the exposure sensitivity is improved by the high density of the iodine-containing portion and the P-containing portion in the proximity region. It will be the starting point. Further, the local increase in solubility in the resin leads to reduction of post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- Examples of the compound (1A) according to the second embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the second embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1B).
- Equation (1B) equation (1B1), or equation (1B2), RA , RB, and P are the same as the definitions in equation (1), n 2 is an integer of 0 to 4, and R sub2 represents the formula (1B1) or the formula (1B2), and * is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1B) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the exposure sensitivity is improved by the high density of the iodine-containing portion and the P-containing portion in the proximity region. It will be the starting point. Further, the local increase in solubility in the resin leads to reduction of post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- Examples of the compound (1B) according to the second embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the second embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1C).
- RA , RB and P are the same as the definitions in equation (1). However, neither RB nor P includes I.
- the compound represented by the formula (1C) is 1 mass ppm or more with respect to the compound (A) 10 with respect to the whole compound (A). It is preferably contained in the range of 1 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more 1 It is particularly preferable that the content is in the range of mass% or less.
- the composition thus prepared tends to be more stable. The reason is not clear, but it is presumed that the iodine atom equilibrium reaction occurs and stabilizes between the iodine-containing compound (A) and the iodine-free compound (1C).
- the compound (1C) in combination with a compound having a structure in which an iodine atom is eliminated from the compound exemplified as the above-mentioned compound (A).
- the composition thus produced has enhanced stability, it not only enhances storage stability, but also forms a resin having stable properties, imparts stable performance resist performance, and further. Leads to a reduction in post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- the method for using the compound represented by the formula (1C) in the range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) in the composition containing the compound (A) is not particularly limited. , A method of adding the compound (1C) to the compound (A), a method of producing the compound (1C) as a by-product during the production of the compound (A), and the like.
- Examples of the compound (1C) according to the second embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- the compound represented by the formula (1), wherein P is a hydroxyl group is not particularly limited as an example of the synthesis method, but I, F, Cl, with respect to the hydroxy group-containing aromatic aldehyde derivative.
- it can be synthesized by introducing a halogen group of Br and then converting an aldehyde group into a vinyl group.
- a method of reacting iodine chloride in an organic solvent by carrying out an iodination reaction with a hydroxybenzaldehyde derivative see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-180326), ⁇ under alkaline conditions.
- a method of dropping iodine into an alkaline aqueous solution of phenol see JP-A-63-101342 and JP-A-2003-64012) can be appropriately selected.
- an iodine monochloride-mediated iodination reaction in an organic solvent.
- the compound (A) of the second embodiment can be synthesized.
- a Wittig reaction for example, the method described in Synthetic Communications; Vol.22; nb4; 1992p513, Synthesis; Vol.49; nb.23; 2017; p5217
- a Wittig reaction for example, the method described in Synthetic Communications; Vol.22; nb4; 1992p513, Synthesis; Vol.49; nb.23; 2017; p5217
- the method for producing the compound (A) (iodine-containing vinyl monomer) represented by the formula (1) is a) General structure represented by equation (1-5): (In the formula (1-5), RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and P is a hydroxyl group.
- Examples of the iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or iodine-containing ketone substrate having the general structure represented by the formula (1-5) include 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzaldehyde and 3-ethoxy4-hydroxy-. Examples include 5-iodo-benzaldehyde.
- the Wittig reaction step is a step of forming an alkene by a Wittig reaction, and is a step of forming an alkene from a carbonyl moiety having an aldehyde or a ketone using phosphorus irid, without limitation.
- triphenylalkylphosphine bromide such as triphenylmethylphosphine bromide, which can form a stable phosphorus irid, can be used.
- a phosphonium salt as phosphorus iris with a base to form phosphoylide in the reaction system and use it in the above-mentioned reaction.
- the base conventionally known ones can be used, and for example, an alkali metal salt of alkoxide or the like can be appropriately used.
- a method of reacting malonic acid under a base for example, Tetrahedron; Vol.46; nb.40; 2005; p6893, Tetrahedron; Vol.63; nb.4 (2007; the method described in p900, US2004 / 118673, etc.) and the like can be appropriately used.
- the method for producing the compound (A) (iodine-containing vinyl monomer) represented by the formula (1) is a) A step of preparing an iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the above formula (1-5); b) With the malonic acid addition step of adding malonic acid to the iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or the iodine-containing ketone substrate; c) A hydrolysis step of hydrolyzing the iodine-containing aldehyde substrate or the iodine-containing ketone substrate to which the malonic acid is added to produce an iodine-containing carboxylic acid substrate; d) A decarboxylation step of decarboxylating the iodine-containing carboxylic acid substrate that has been hydrolyzed; And include.
- the malonic acid addition step in the second embodiment is a step of forming a malonic acid derivative, and is a reaction between aldehyde and malonic acid, malonic acid ester or malonic acid anhydride, without limitation.
- the hydrolysis step in the second embodiment is a step of forming a carboxylic acidic substrate by hydrolysis, and is a reaction of hydrolyzing an ester by the action of an acid or water, without limitation.
- the decarboxylation step in the second embodiment is a step of decarboxylating from a carboxylic acidic substrate to obtain a vinyl monomer, and is not limited, but is preferably performed at a low temperature of 100 ° C. or lower, and a fluoride-based catalyst is used. Is more preferable.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the second embodiment for example, the method described in the above-mentioned reference material can be appropriately used, but the method is not limited thereto.
- the compound represented by the formula (1) in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonic acid ester group is not particularly limited as an example of the synthesis method, but is not limited to the formula (1).
- P is a hydroxyl group
- an active carboxylic acid derivative compound such as acid chloride, acid anhydride or dicarbonate, alkyl halide, vinyl alkyl ether, dihydropyran, etc. It is obtained by reacting with a halocarboxylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
- a compound represented by the formula (1) in which P is a hydroxyl group, is dissolved or suspended in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, tetrahydrofuran, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- an aprotic solvent such as acetone, tetrahydrofuran, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- vinyl alkyl ether such as ethyl vinyl ether or dihydropyran is added, and the reaction is carried out at normal pressure at 20 to 60 ° C. for 6 to 72 hours in the presence of an acid catalyst such as pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate.
- the reaction solution is neutralized with an alkaline compound, added to distilled water to precipitate a white solid, and then the separated white solid is washed with distilled water and dried to obtain a compound represented by the formula (1).
- a compound in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group can be obtained.
- a compound represented by the formula (1), in which P is a hydroxyl group is dissolved or suspended in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, THF, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- an alkyl halide such as ethyl chloromethyl ether or a halocarboxylic acid alkyl ester such as methyl adamantyl bromoacetate is added, and the mixture is reacted at normal pressure at 20 to 110 ° C. for 6 to 72 hours in the presence of an alkaline catalyst such as potassium carbonate. ..
- the reaction solution is neutralized with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, added to distilled water to precipitate a white solid, and then the separated white solid is washed with distilled water and dried to obtain a compound represented by the formula (1). Therefore, a compound in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group can be obtained.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the second embodiment it is more preferable to include the synthesis method shown below from the viewpoint of suppressing the yield and the amount of waste.
- the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate used in the second embodiment may be, for example, an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the following formula (1-1).
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group.
- R 7 to R 10 are , Independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl group, methoxy group, halogen or cyano group, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or methoxy group.
- Suitable iodine-containing alcoholic substrates are, but are not limited to, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-5-iodophenyl) ethanol, 1- (3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodophenyl). Examples thereof include ethanol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) -3-methoxy-5-iodophenol, and 3-ethoxy-4- (1-hydroxyethyl) -5-iodophenol. At least one iodine is introduced, and it is preferable that two or more iodines are introduced.
- these iodine-containing alcoholic substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing the iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the formula (1) is a) A step of preparing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1); b) Includes a dehydration step of dehydrating the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- the dehydration step is carried out using, for example, a catalyst.
- a catalyst a wide variety of dehydration catalysts that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- the dehydration catalyst is preferably an acid catalyst.
- suitable acid catalysts include, but are not limited to, inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, sardine acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, etc.
- Organics such as citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, formic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, etc.
- acids include acids, Lewis acids such as zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, iron chloride and boron trifluoride, and solid acids such as silicotonic acid, phosphotung acid, silicate molybdic acid and phosphomolybdic acid. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- organic acids and solid acids are preferable from the viewpoint of production, and hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is preferably used from the viewpoint of production such as easy availability and handling.
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- polymerization inhibitor a wide variety of polymerization inhibitors that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Polymerization inhibitors are effective but not essential ingredients.
- suitable antioxidants are, but are not limited to, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, 4-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-oxyl (nitroxide) inhibitors such as Prostab® 5415 (Registered Trademark).
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst, reaction conditions, etc. used, and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- polymerization inhibitor a wide variety of polymerization inhibitors that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- the polymerization inhibitor is effective but not an essential component. It is also effective to use a polymerization retarder in combination with a polymerization inhibitor.
- Polymerization retarders are well known in the art and are compounds that slow down the polymerization reaction but cannot prevent all of the polymerization. Common retarders are aromatic nitro compounds such as dinitro-ortho-cresol (DNOC) and dinitrobutylphenol (DNBP). Methods for producing polymerization retarders are common and well known in the art (eg, US Pat. No.
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst, reaction conditions, etc. used, and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having the formula (1-1), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol as the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- Method (I) for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate represented by the formula (1-1) is, for example, an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2). be.
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group.
- R 7 to R 10 are , Each independently is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methoxy group, a halogen or a cyano group, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- Suitable iodine-containing ketone substrates include, but are not limited to, 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenylmethylketone and 5-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-3-iodophenylmethylketone.
- these iodine-containing ketone substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1) is c) A step of preparing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2); d) Includes a reduction step of subjecting the iodine-containing ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is c) A step of preparing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2); d) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the iodine-containing ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- the reduction step is carried out using, for example, a reducing agent.
- a reducing agent a wide variety of reducing agents that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, metal hydrides, metal hydrogen complex compounds and the like, such as borane dimethyl sulfide, diisobutylaluminum hydride, sodium boron hydride, lithium boron hydride, potassium borohydride, etc.
- Zinc hydride, Tri-s-butyl boron hydride, Tri-s-butyl boron hydride, Potassium hydride, Triethyl boron hydride, Lithium aluminum hydride, Tri-t-butoxyaluminum hydride, Bis hydride ( Methoxyethoxy) Aluminum sodium and the like can be mentioned.
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but generally, 1 to 500 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield is high. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass.
- quenching agent a wide variety of quenching agents that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- the quenching agent has a function of inactivating the reducing agent.
- Quenching agents are effective but not essential ingredients. Suitable quenching agents include, but are not limited to, ethanol, ammonium chloride water, water, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and the like.
- the amount of the quenching agent to be used can be appropriately set according to the amount of the reducing agent to be used, and is not particularly limited. Therefore, it is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing ketone substrate having the formula (1-2), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodo-5'-methoxyacetophenone as the iodine-containing ketone substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodo-5'-methoxyacetophenone as the iodine-containing ketone substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the alcoholic substrate used in the production of the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate represented by the formula (1-1) is, for example, an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3).
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is. Or a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- suitable alcoholic substrates are, but are not limited to, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol, 1- (3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl). Examples thereof include -3-methoxyphenol and 3-ethoxy-4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol.
- these alcoholic substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1) is e) A step of preparing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3); f) The iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the alcoholic substrate is included.
- the iodine introduction step in the second embodiment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of reacting an iodine agent in a solvent (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-180326), under alkaline conditions, in the presence of ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
- a method of dropping iodine into an alkaline aqueous solution of phenol Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-101342, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-64012
- the iodine agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include iodine agents such as iodine chloride, iodine, and N-iodosuccinimide. Among these, iodine chloride is preferable.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the second embodiment for example, the method described in the above-mentioned reference material can be appropriately used, but the method is not limited thereto.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is e) A step of preparing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3); f) It may include an iodine introduction step.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- a wide variety of dehydration catalysts that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Acid catalysts are preferred.
- suitable acid catalysts include, but are not limited to, inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, sardine acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, etc.
- Organics such as citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, formic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, etc.
- acids include acids, Lewis acids such as zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, iron chloride and boron trifluoride, and solid acids such as silicotonic acid, phosphotung acid, silicate molybdic acid and phosphomolybdic acid. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- organic acids and solid acids are preferable from the viewpoint of production, and hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is preferably used from the viewpoint of production such as easy availability and handling.
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- Reaction conditions An alcoholic substrate having the formula (1-3), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the ketone substrate used in the production of the iodine-containing ketone substrate represented by the formula (1-2) is, for example, a ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4).
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group.
- R 7 to R 10 are , Each independently is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methoxy group, a halogen or a cyano group, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- Suitable ketone substrates include, but are not limited to, 4-hydroxy-5-methoxyphenylmethylketone and 5-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenylmethylketone.
- ketone substrates can be obtained by many methods.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2) is as follows. g) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); h) It may include an iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the ketone substrate.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is g) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); h) It may include an iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the ketone substrate.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- a wide variety of dehydration catalysts that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Acid catalysts are preferred.
- suitable acid catalysts include, but are not limited to, inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, sardine acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, etc.
- Organics such as citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, formic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, etc.
- acids include acids, Lewis acids such as zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, iron chloride and boron trifluoride, and solid acids such as silicotonic acid, phosphotung acid, silicate molybdic acid and phosphomolybdic acid. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- organic acids and solid acids are preferable from the viewpoint of production, and hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is preferably used from the viewpoint of production such as easy availability and handling.
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- a ketone substrate having the formula (1-4), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the ketone substrate used in the production of the alcoholic substrate having the general structure represented by the formula (1-3) is, for example, the ketone substrate having the general structure represented by the above formula (1-4). ..
- the method for producing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3) is i) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); j) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is i) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); j) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- a reducing agent is used to reduce the ketone substrate.
- a reducing agent a wide variety of reducing agents that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, metal hydrides, metal hydrogen complex compounds and the like, such as borane dimethyl sulfide, diisobutylaluminum hydride, sodium boron hydride, lithium boron hydride, potassium borohydride, etc.
- Zinc hydride, Tri-s-butyl boron hydride, Tri-s-butyl boron hydride, Potassium hydride, Triethyl boron hydride, Lithium aluminum hydride, Tri-t-butoxyaluminum hydride, Bis hydride ( Methoxyethoxy) Aluminum sodium and the like can be mentioned.
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but generally, 1 to 500 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield is high. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass.
- quenching agent a wide variety of quenching agents that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- the quenching agent has a function of inactivating the reducing agent.
- Quenching agents are effective but not essential ingredients. Suitable quenching agents include, but are not limited to, ethanol, ammonium chloride water, water, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and the like.
- the amount of the quenching agent to be used can be appropriately set according to the amount of the reducing agent to be used, and is not particularly limited. Therefore, it is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
- a ketone substrate having the formula (1-4), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer according to the second embodiment may be a method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the formula (2), and specifically, a method for producing iodine-containing alkoxystyrene. May be.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RB is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- RC is substituted or substituted. It is an unsubstituted acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
- acetoxystyrene produced by the method of the second embodiment include, but are not limited to, 4-acetoxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene and 4-acetoxy-5-ethoxy-3-iodostyrene. ..
- the iodine-containing vinyl monomer used in the second embodiment is, for example, an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the above formula (1).
- the iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (2) is k) A step of preparing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1); l) It may include an acylation step of subjecting the iodine-containing vinyl monomer to an acylation treatment.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- the acylation step is carried out using, for example, a catalyst.
- a catalyst a wide variety of acylation catalysts that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Base catalysts are preferred.
- suitable base catalysts are not limited, but examples of amine-containing catalysts are pyridine and ethylenediamine, and examples of non-amine basic catalysts are preferably metal salts and particularly potassium or acetate.
- the catalyst include, but are not limited to, potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide and magnesium oxide. All non-amine base catalysts of the second embodiment are commercially available, for example, from EMSscience (Gibbstown) or Aldrich (Milwaukee).
- the amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but generally, 1 to 5000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield is high. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 50 to 3000 parts by mass.
- polymerization inhibitor a wide variety of polymerization inhibitors that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- Polymerization inhibitors are effective but not essential ingredients.
- suitable antioxidants are, but are not limited to, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, 4-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-oxyl (nitroxide) inhibitors such as Prostab® 5415 (Registered Trademark).
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst, reaction conditions, etc. used, and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- polymerization inhibitor a wide variety of polymerization inhibitors that function under the reaction conditions of the second embodiment are used.
- the polymerization inhibitor is effective but not an essential component. It is also effective to use a polymerization retarder in combination with a polymerization inhibitor.
- Polymerization retarders are well known in the art and are compounds that slow down the polymerization reaction but cannot prevent all of the polymerization. Common retarders are aromatic nitro compounds such as dinitro-ortho-cresol (DNOC) and dinitrobutylphenol (DNBP). Methods for producing polymerization retarders are common and well known in the art (eg, US Pat. No.
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst, reaction conditions, etc. used, and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0.0001 to 100 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the viewpoint of yield, it is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing vinyl monomer having the formula (1), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the compound in the second embodiment is obtained as a crude product by the above reaction and then further purified to remove residual metal impurities. That is, in the compound manufacturing process, from the viewpoint of prevention of deterioration of the resin over time and storage stability, and also from the viewpoint of process suitability when resinified and applied to the semiconductor manufacturing process, manufacturing profitability due to defects, etc. It is preferable to avoid residual gold-damaged impurities derived from the mixing of metal components used as reaction aids or mixed from reaction kettles for manufacturing or other manufacturing equipment.
- the residual amount of the above-mentioned metal impurities is preferably less than 1 ppm, more preferably less than 100 ppb, further preferably less than 50 ppb, still more preferably less than 10 ppb, respectively, with respect to the resin. Most preferably, it is less than 1 ppb.
- metal species such as Fe, Ni, Sb, W, and Al, which are classified as transition metals
- the metal residual amount is 1 ppm or more, the material is modified over time due to the interaction with the compound in the second embodiment. There is a concern that it may cause deterioration.
- the amount is 1 ppm or more, the remaining amount of metal cannot be sufficiently reduced when a resin for a semiconductor process is produced using the produced compound, and defects derived from residual metal in the semiconductor manufacturing process cannot be sufficiently reduced. There is a concern that it may cause a decrease in profitability due to performance deterioration.
- the purification method is not particularly limited, but the step of dissolving the compound in the second embodiment in a solvent to obtain a solution (S) and the obtained solution (S) and an acidic aqueous solution are brought into contact with each other.
- the solvent used in the step of obtaining the solution (S) includes an organic solvent which is optionally immiscible with water, including a step of extracting impurities in the compound in the second embodiment (first extraction step). According to the purification method, the content of various metals that may be contained as impurities in the resin can be reduced.
- the compound in the second embodiment is dissolved in an organic solvent that is not miscible with water to obtain a solution (S), and the solution (S) is further brought into contact with an acidic aqueous solution for extraction treatment. It can be performed.
- the organic phase and the aqueous phase can be separated to obtain a resin having a reduced metal content.
- the solvent that is not arbitrarily mixed with the water used in the purification method is not particularly limited, but an organic solvent that can be safely applied to the semiconductor manufacturing process is preferable, and specifically, the solubility in water at room temperature is 30%. It is an organic solvent which is less than, more preferably less than 20%, and particularly preferably less than 10%.
- the amount of the organic solvent used is preferably 1 to 100 times by mass with respect to the total amount of the resins used.
- solvent immiscible with water are not limited to the following, but for example, ethers such as diethyl ether and diisopropyl ether, esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate and isoamyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl.
- ethers such as diethyl ether and diisopropyl ether
- esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate and isoamyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl.
- Ketones such as ketone, ethyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone; ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl Glycol ether acetates such as ether acetate; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and chloroform. ..
- toluene, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl acetate and the like are preferable, and methyl isobutyl ketone, ethyl acetate, cyclohexanone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are more preferable.
- Methyl isobutyl ketone and ethyl acetate are even more preferable.
- the acidic aqueous solution used in the purification method is appropriately selected from a generally known organic compound or an aqueous solution obtained by dissolving an inorganic compound in water.
- aqueous mineral acid solution in which a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitrate, or phosphoric acid is dissolved in water, or acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, and maleic acid.
- Tartrate acid citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and other organic acids dissolved in water.
- acidic aqueous solutions can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- one or more mineral acid aqueous solutions selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid, or acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid
- An aqueous solution of a carboxylic acid such as tartaric acid or citric acid is more preferable, an aqueous solution of sulfuric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid or citric acid is more preferable, and an aqueous solution of oxalic acid is even more preferable.
- polyvalent carboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, tartaric acid, and citric acid are coordinated to metal ions and have a chelating effect, so that the metal can be removed more effectively.
- water used here it is preferable to use water having a low metal content, for example, ion-exchanged water, etc., in line with the purpose of the purification method in the second embodiment.
- the pH of the acidic aqueous solution used in the purification method is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to adjust the acidity of the aqueous solution in consideration of the influence on the compound.
- the pH range is about 0 to 5, preferably about 0 to 3.
- the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used in the purification method is not particularly limited, but the amount used may be used from the viewpoint of reducing the number of extractions for removing the metal and ensuring operability in consideration of the total amount of the liquid. It is preferable to adjust. From the above viewpoint, the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used is preferably 10 to 200% by mass, more preferably 20 to 100% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solution (S).
- the metal component can be extracted from the compound in the solution (S) by contacting the acidic aqueous solution with the solution (S).
- the solution (S) may further contain an organic solvent that is optionally miscible with water.
- an organic solvent that is arbitrarily miscible with water is contained, the amount of the compound charged can be increased, the liquid separation property is improved, and purification can be performed with high pot efficiency.
- the method of adding an organic solvent that is arbitrarily miscible with water is not particularly limited. For example, any of a method of adding to a solution containing an organic solvent in advance, a method of adding to water or an acidic aqueous solution in advance, and a method of adding after contacting a solution containing an organic solvent with water or an acidic aqueous solution may be used. Among these, the method of adding to a solution containing an organic solvent in advance is preferable in terms of workability of operation and ease of control of the amount to be charged.
- the organic solvent that is arbitrarily miscible with the water used in the purification method is not particularly limited, but an organic solvent that can be safely applied to the semiconductor manufacturing process is preferable.
- the amount of the organic solvent to be arbitrarily mixed with water is not particularly limited as long as the solution phase and the aqueous phase are separated, but is 0.1 to 100 times by mass with respect to the total amount of the compounds used. It is preferably 0.1 to 50 times by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 times by mass.
- ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and 1,3-dioxolane
- alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol
- acetone ethylpyrrolidone and other ketones
- examples thereof include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol
- N-methylpyrrolidone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and the like are preferable, and N-methylpyrrolidone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether are more preferable.
- Each of these solvents can be used alone, or two or more of them can be mixed and used.
- the temperature at which the extraction process is performed is usually 20 to 90 ° C, preferably 30 to 80 ° C.
- the extraction operation is performed by, for example, stirring well and then allowing the mixture to stand still. As a result, the metal content contained in the solution (S) is transferred to the aqueous phase. Further, by this operation, the acidity of the solution is lowered, and the deterioration of the compound can be suppressed.
- the solution phase is recovered by decantation or the like.
- the standing time is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to adjust the standing time from the viewpoint of improving the separation between the solution phase containing the solvent and the aqueous phase.
- the standing time is 1 minute or more, preferably 10 minutes or more, and more preferably 30 minutes or more.
- the extraction process may be performed only once, but it is also effective to repeat the operations of mixing, standing, and separating a plurality of times.
- the purification method it is preferable to include a step (second extraction step) of extracting impurities in the resin by further contacting the solution phase containing the compound with water after the first extraction step.
- the extraction treatment is performed using an acidic aqueous solution, and then the solution phase containing the resin and the solvent extracted and recovered from the aqueous solution is further subjected to the extraction treatment with water.
- the above-mentioned extraction treatment with water is not particularly limited, but can be performed, for example, by mixing the solution phase and water well by stirring or the like, and then allowing the obtained mixed solution to stand still.
- the solution phase can be recovered by decantation or the like.
- the water used here is preferably water having a low metal content, for example, ion-exchanged water, for the purpose of the second embodiment.
- the extraction process may be performed only once, but it is also effective to repeat the operations of mixing, standing, and separating a plurality of times.
- the conditions such as the ratio of use of both in the extraction treatment, the temperature, and the time are not particularly limited, but the same as in the case of the contact treatment with the acidic aqueous solution described above may be used.
- Moisture that can be mixed in the solution containing the compound and the solvent thus obtained can be easily removed by performing an operation such as vacuum distillation. Further, if necessary, a solvent can be added to the solution to adjust the concentration of the compound to an arbitrary concentration.
- the compound purification method according to the second embodiment can also be purified by passing a solution of the resin in a solvent through a filter.
- the content of various metals in the resin can be effectively and significantly reduced.
- the amounts of these metal components can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
- the term "passing liquid" in the second embodiment means that the solution passes from the outside of the filter to the inside of the filter and moves to the outside of the filter again. For example, the solution is simply filtered.
- the mode of contacting on the surface of the ion exchange resin and the mode of moving the solution outside the ion exchange resin while contacting the solution on the surface are excluded.
- the filter used for removing the metal component in the solution containing the compound and the solvent can usually be a commercially available filter for liquid filtration.
- the filtration accuracy of the filter is not particularly limited, but the nominal pore size of the filter is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, more preferably less than 0.2 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0. It is less than .1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the nominal pore diameter of the filter is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.005 ⁇ m.
- the nominal pore size referred to here is a nominal pore size indicating the separation performance of the filter, and is determined by a test method determined by the filter manufacturer, such as a bubble point test, a mercury intrusion method test, and a standard particle capture test.
- the hole diameter When a commercially available product is used, it is a value described in the manufacturer's catalog data.
- the filter liquid passing step may be performed twice or more in order to further reduce the content of each metal content in the solution.
- a hollow fiber membrane filter As the form of the filter, a hollow fiber membrane filter, a membrane filter, a pleated membrane filter, and a filter filled with a filter medium such as non-woven fabric, cellulose, and silica soil can be used.
- the filter is one or more selected from the group consisting of a hollow fiber membrane filter, a membrane filter and a pleated membrane filter.
- the material of the filter is polyethylene, polyolefin such as polypropylene, polyethylene resin having a functional group capable of ion exchange by graft polymerization, polyamide, polyester, polar group-containing resin such as polyacrylonitrile, polyethylene fluoride (PTFE) and the like. Fluorohydrate-containing resin can be mentioned.
- the filter medium of the filter is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamide, poreolefin resin and fluororesin.
- polyamide is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of reducing heavy metals such as chromium. From the viewpoint of avoiding metal elution from the filter medium, it is preferable to use a filter other than the sintered metal material.
- Polyamide-based filters are not limited to the following, but are, for example, Polyfix Nylon Series manufactured by KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd., Uruchi Pleated P-Nylon 66 manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Ulchipore N66, and 3M. Life Asure PSN series, Life Asure EF series, etc. manufactured by KITZ Corporation can be mentioned.
- the polyolefin-based filter is not limited to the following, but includes, for example, Uruchi Pleated PE Clean and Ion Clean manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Protego Series manufactured by Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd., Microguard Plus HC10, Optimizer D, and the like. Can be mentioned.
- polyester filter examples include, but are not limited to, Geraflow DFE manufactured by Central Filter Industry Co., Ltd., Breeze type PMC manufactured by Nippon Filter Co., Ltd., and the like.
- polyacrylonitrile-based filter examples include, but are not limited to, ultrafilters AIP-0013D, ACP-0013D, and ACP-0053D manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd.
- fluororesin-based filter include, but are not limited to, Enflon HTPFR manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Lifesure FA series manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd., and the like. Each of these filters may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the filter may contain an ion exchanger such as a cation exchange resin, a cation charge regulator that causes a zeta potential in the organic solvent solution to be filtered, and the like.
- an ion exchanger such as a cation exchange resin, a cation charge regulator that causes a zeta potential in the organic solvent solution to be filtered, and the like.
- the filter containing the ion exchanger include, but are not limited to, the Protego series manufactured by Entegris Japan Co., Ltd., the clan graft manufactured by Kurashiki Textile Manufacturing Co., Ltd., and the like.
- the filter containing a substance having a positive zeta potential such as polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin cation resin is not limited to the following, but is not limited to, for example, Zeta Plus 40QSH and Zeta Plus 020GN manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd. , Or Life Asure EF series and the like.
- the method for purifying the compound according to the second embodiment can also be purified by distilling the compound itself.
- the distillation method is not particularly limited, but known methods such as atmospheric distillation, vacuum distillation, molecular distillation, and steam distillation can be used.
- the compound (A) according to the second embodiment can be added to the film-forming composition as it is or as a polymer described later to increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source.
- the compound (A) or a polymer thereof is preferably used for a photoresist.
- composition of the second embodiment comprises compound (A).
- the content of the compound (A) in the second embodiment is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, and further preferably 99% by mass or more.
- composition of the second embodiment include a compound represented by the formula (1) other than the formula (1C) as the compound (A) and a compound represented by the formula (1C). It is preferable to include at least.
- the proportion of the monomer represented by the formula (1C) is preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 10 mass% or less, preferably 20 mass ppm or more or 2 mass by mass, based on the entire monomer represented by the formula (1). % Or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or more and 1% by mass or less.
- the interaction between the resins at the time of resinification can be reduced, and the interaction between the resins after forming a film using the resin can be achieved.
- the resulting crystallinity By suppressing the resulting crystallinity, the locality of solubility in the developer during development at the molecular level of several nanometers to several tens of nanometers is reduced, and in a series of lithography processes of exposure, post-exposure baking, and development. It is possible to suppress deterioration of pattern quality such as line edge roughness and residue defects of the pattern formed in the pattern forming process, and further improve the resolution.
- the effects on these styrene performances are such that the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (1C) having a mother nucleus A into which a halogen element, particularly iodine or a fluorine compound is introduced, introduces iodine or the like.
- the composition of the second embodiment contains compound (A).
- the content of impurities containing K (potassium) in the composition is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 mass ppm or less, with respect to the entire compound (A) in terms of elements. Yes, more preferably 0.1 mass ppm or less, still more preferably 0.005 mass ppm or less.
- the composition of the second embodiment is composed of one or more elemental impurities (preferably Mn and Al) selected from the group consisting of Mn (manganese), Al (aluminum), Si (silicon), and Li (lithium).
- the content of one or more elemental impurities selected from the group) is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 ppm or less, still more preferably 0. It is 1 ppm or less.
- the amounts of K, Mn, Al, Si, Li and the like are measured by inorganic elemental analysis (IPC-AES / IPC-MS). Examples of the inorganic element analyzer include "AG8900" manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Inc.
- the content of the phosphorus-containing compound is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, and further preferably 5 ppm or less with respect to the entire compound (A).
- the content of maleic acid is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, still more preferably 5 ppm or less, based on the whole compound (A).
- the amounts of the phosphorus-containing compound and maleic acid are calculated by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) from the area fraction of the GC chart and the peak intensity ratio of the target peak to the reference peak.
- GC-MS gas chromatography-mass spectrometry
- the content of the peroxide is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1 ppm or less, still more preferably 0.1 ppm with respect to the whole compound (A). It is as follows.
- the peroxide content is determined by adding trichloroacetic acid to the sample by the ammonium ferrothiocianate acid method (hereinafter referred to as AFTA method), and then adding ammonium iron (II) sulfate and potassium thiocyanate, which are known as standard substances.
- AFTA method ammonium ferrothiocianate acid method
- the water content is preferably 100,000 ppm or less, more preferably 20,000 ppm or less, still more preferably 1,000 ppm or less, based on the whole compound (A). Yes, more preferably 500 ppm or less, still more preferably 100 ppm or less.
- the water content is measured by the Karl Fischer method (Karl Fischer moisture measuring device).
- the polymer (A) of the second embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned compound (A).
- the polymer (A) can increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source when blended in the resist composition. In particular, even when extreme ultraviolet rays are used as the exposure light source, sufficient sensitivity can be exhibited and a fine line pattern with a narrow line width can be satisfactorily formed.
- the conventional resist composition may have a decrease in sensitivity to an exposure light source over time due to storage or the like, and there is a difficulty in developing it for actual semiconductor manufacturing.
- the polymer (A) of the second embodiment the stability of the resist composition is improved, and the decrease in sensitivity to the exposure light source is suppressed even when the resist composition is stored for a long period of time.
- the polymer (A) of the second embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the compound (A).
- the structural unit derived from the compound (A) contained in the polymer (A) includes, for example, a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-A).
- RA, RB and P are the same as the definitions in formula (1), and * is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RA is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- RB is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- P is a hydroxyl group or a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonic acid ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group.
- the polymer (A) can be obtained by polymerizing the compound (A) of the second embodiment or by copolymerizing the compound (A) with another monomer.
- the polymer (A) can be used, for example, as a material for forming a film for lithography.
- the amount of the structural unit derived from the compound (A) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 8 mol% or more, still more preferably 10 mol%, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). % Or more.
- the amount of the structural unit derived from the compound (A) is 100 mol% or less, preferably 80 mol% or less, and more preferably 50 mol% with respect to the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is less than or equal to, more preferably 30 mol% or less.
- One of the preferred embodiments of the polymer of the second embodiment is a compound represented by the formula (1) as a constituent unit of the polymerized body (A), a monomer represented by the compound (A), and a formula represented by the formula (1). It is preferable to contain at least the compound represented by (1C).
- the content ratio of the monomer represented by the formula (1C) is preferably 10 ppm or more and 10% by mass or less, and preferably 20 ppm or more and 2% by mass or less with respect to the entire monomer represented by the formula (1). More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 50 ppm or more and 1% by mass or less.
- an aromatic compound having an unsaturated double bond as a substituent is used as a polymerization unit, and alkaline development is carried out by the action of an acid or a base. It preferably contains a polymerization unit having a functional group that improves solubility in a liquid.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) is not particularly limited, but for example, International Publication WO2016 / 125782, International Publication WO2015 / 115613, JP-A-2015 / 117305, International. Examples thereof include those described in WO2014 / 175275, JP2012 / 162298, or compounds represented by the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2). Among these, the compound represented by the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2) is preferable.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (C0). That is, in the polymer (A), in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the structural unit represented by the following formula (C0), the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2) is further added. It is preferable to include it.
- the dissolution rate R min of the resin that becomes the pattern convex part during alkaline development in the unexposed part during exposure is determined. It is preferable that the difference in dissolution rate R max with respect to the alkaline developer of the resin that becomes the pattern recess during alkaline development in the exposed part during exposure is larger by 3 orders of magnitude or more, the difference in dissolution rate depending on the presence or absence of a protective group is large, and the bake after exposure. (PEB), it is preferable that the desorption rate of the protective group in development is high. From these viewpoints, it is preferable that the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) has a structural unit represented by the following formula (C1).
- RC11 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC12 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC13 is a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, which is formed together with a carbon atom bonded to RC13 . * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC12 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the RC13 is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms, which is formed together with a carbon atom bonded to RC13 .
- the cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group of RC13 may have a substituent (for example, an oxo group).
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C1) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 20 mol% or more.
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C1) is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, and further preferably 80 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 70 mol% or less.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) is represented by the following formula (C2) from the viewpoint of the quality of the pattern shape after exposure and development in the lithography process, especially from the viewpoint of roughness and suppression of pattern collapse.
- the structural unit to be formed is preferable.
- RC21 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC22 and RC23 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC24 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 were formed together with carbon atoms bonded to two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 .
- An alicyclic structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms may be formed. * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- RC24 is a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the alicyclic structure formed by RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 may contain a plurality of rings such as an adamantyl group.
- the alicyclic structure may have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group).
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 20 mol% or more.
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and further preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 40 mol% or less.
- the raw material for the monomer of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is not limited, for example, 2-methyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-ethyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2 -Isopropyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-n-propyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-n-butyl-2- (meth) acrylicloyloxyadamantan, 1-methyl-1 -(Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclopentane, 1-Ethyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclopentane, 1-Methyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclohexane, 1-Ethyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyl Oxycyclohexane, 1-Methyl-1- (meth) acrylic loyloxycycloheptane, 1-ethyl-1- (
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) has the following formula (C0) from the viewpoint of exposure in the lithography process, quality of the pattern shape after development, sensitization, especially roughness and suppression of pattern collapse. ) Is preferred.
- X is an organic group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of I, F, Cl, Br, or I, F, Cl, and Br, respectively.
- L 1 is independently a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphin group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphorus.
- the L1 ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group is an acid group.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- RA is the same as the definition in equation (1).
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Z is independently an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonate ester group, and the alkoxy group, the ester group, the acetal group, the carboxylalkoxy group, or the carbonate ester group of Z is It may have a substituent and may have a substituent.
- m is an integer of 0 or more
- n is an integer of 1 or more
- r is an integer of 0 or more.
- the "organic group having 1 to 5 substituents and having 1 to 30 carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of I, F, Cl, and Br" is not particularly limited, but is a monoiodophenyl group or a diiodophenyl group.
- Triiododihydroxynaphthyl group Triiododihydroxynaphthyl group, monoiododiacetoxynaphthyl group, diiododiacetoxynaphthyl group, triiododiacetoxynaphthyl group, monoiodo-di-t-butoxycarbonylnaphthyl group, diiodo-di-t-butoxycarbonylnaphthyl group, Triiodo-di-t-butoxycarbonylnaphthyl group,
- Monobromotrihydroxyphenyl group dibromotrihydroxyphenyl group, monobromotriacetoxyphenyl group, dibromotriacetoxyphenyl group, monobromotri-t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, dibromotri-t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, monobromoadamantyl group, dibromo Adamanthyl group, tribromoadamantyl group, monobromohydroxyadamantyl group, dibromohydroxynaphthyl group, monobromoacetoxynaphthyl group, dibromoacetoxyadamantyl group, monobromot-butoxycarbonyladamantyl group, dibromot-butoxycarbonyladamantyl group, tribromot-butoxy Carbonyl adamantyl group, monobromodihydroxyadamantyl group, monobromodiacetoxyadamantyl group, monobromo-di-t-
- Monochlorophenyl group dichlorophenyl group, trichlorophenyl group, tetrachlorophenyl group, pentachlorophenyl group, monochlorohydroxyphenyl group, dichlorohydroxyphenyl group, trichlorohydroxyphenyl group, monochloroacetoxyphenyl group, dichloroacetoxyphenyl group, trichloroacetoxyphenyl group, monochromero t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, dichloro t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, trichloro t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, monolologihydroxyphenyl group, dichlorodihydroxyphenyl group, trichlorodihydroxyphenyl group, monochlorodiacetoxyphenyl group, dichlorodiacetoxyphenyl group, Trichlorodiacetoxyphenyl group, monoclonal t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, dichlorodi-t
- Monochlorotrihydroxyphenyl group dichlorotrihydroxyphenyl group, monochlorotriacetoxyphenyl group, dichlorotriacetoxyphenyl group, monochlorotri-t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, dichlorotri-t-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, monochloroadamantyl group, dichloroadamantyl Group, trichloroadamantyl group, monochlorohydroxyadamantyl group, dichlorohydroxynaphthyl group, monochloroacetoxynaphthyl group, dichloroacetoxyadamantyl group, monochlorot-butoxycarbonyladamantyl group, dichlorot-butoxycarbonyladamantyl group, trichlorot-butoxycarbonyladamantyl group, Examples thereof include a monoclonal hydroxyadamantyl group, a monoclonal acetoxyadamantyl group,
- X may be an aromatic group in which one or more F, Cl, Br or I is introduced into the aromatic group.
- aromatic groups include groups having a benzene ring such as a phenyl group having 1 to 5 halogens and groups having heteroaromatics such as furan, thiophene and pyridine having 1 to 5 halogens.
- a phenyl group having 1 to 5 I a phenyl group having 1 to 5 F, a phenyl group having 1 to 5 Cl, a phenyl group having 1 to 5 Br, and 1 to 5 F.
- Phenolic group having 1 to 4, phenol group having 1 to 4 Br, phenol group having 1 to 4 I, furan group having 1 to 3 F, furan group having 1 to 3 Cl, 1 to 3 Br A furan group having 1 to 3, a furan group having 1 to 3 I, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 F, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 Cl, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 Br, and 1 to 3 I.
- a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 Br, a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 I, a benzothiophene group having 1 to 4 F, and a benzo having 1 to 4 Cl. Examples thereof include a thiophene group, a benzothiophenol group having 1 to 4 Br, and a benzothiophenol group having 1 to 4 I.
- X may be an alicyclic group in which one or more F, Cl, Br or I is introduced into the alicyclic group.
- an alicyclic group include an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 halogens, an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 Fs, an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 Cls, and Br 1 to 3 Adamantyl group having 1 to 3, Adamantyl group having 1 to 3 I, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 F, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 Cl, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 Br, 1 to 3 of I Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 F, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 Cl, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 Br, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 I Examples thereof include a decyl group, a norbornyl group having 1 to 3 Fs,
- L 1 is a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphine group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphate group.
- L 1 is preferably a single bond.
- the ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group of L1 has a substituent. Is also good. Examples of such a substituent are as described above.
- M is an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, still more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- Y is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group or a carboxyl group.
- Carboxyalkoxy groups are even more preferred.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- Y is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Y-1) independently of each other.
- L 2 is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid or base.
- * 1 is a binding site with A
- * 2 is a binding site with R 2 .
- L 2 is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- a carboxylalkoxy group is more preferable.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- Y is a formula for the purpose of controlling the polymerizable property of the resin and setting the degree of polymerization within a desired range. It is preferably a group represented by (Y-1). Since the compound (A) has an X group, it has a large influence on the active species during the polymer formation reaction and it is difficult to control it as desired. Therefore, the hydrophilic group in the compound (A) is represented by the formula (Y-1). By having a group as a protective group, it is possible to suppress variations in polymer formation and polymerization inhibition derived from hydrophilic groups.
- R2 is an aliphatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the group group may further have a substituent.
- R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group.
- the aliphatic group in R2 is preferably a branched or cyclic aliphatic group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, and further preferably 4 or more and 8 or less.
- the aliphatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group and an adamantyl group.
- a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
- it when it is cleaved by the action of an acid or a base, it forms a carboxylic acid group and is insoluble in the dissociated part in the development process. Since the difference in solubility and the difference in dissolution rate between the rows are widened, the resolution is improved, and the residue at the bottom of the pattern in the fine line pattern is particularly suppressed, which is preferable.
- Y include the following. Each is a group independently represented by any of the following equations.
- Examples of the alkoxy group that can be used as Y include an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 2 or more carbon atoms can be used from the viewpoint of the solubility of the resin after resinification by combining with other monomers.
- An alkoxy group having 3 or more carbon atoms or a cyclic structure is preferable.
- Specific examples of the alkoxy group that can be used as Y include, but are not limited to, the following.
- amino group and the amide group that can be used as Y a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a group having a quaternary ammonium salt structure, an amide having a substituent and the like can be appropriately used.
- Specific examples of the amino group or amide group that can be used include, but are not limited to, the following.
- n is an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, still more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and even more preferably 1. Or 2, it is particularly preferably 1.
- RA is an organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, which may independently have H, I, F, Cl, Br, or a substituent.
- the substituent of the organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include I, F, Cl, Br, and other substituents.
- the other substituent is not particularly limited, but for example, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphine group, and the like.
- Examples thereof include a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group and a phosphoric acid group.
- the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphoric acid group further have a substituent. You may be doing it.
- the substituent here include a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms of the organic group which may have a substituent in RA is preferably 1 to 30.
- the organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is not particularly limited, but is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms and having 4 to 60 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic group which may contain a heteroatom having 6 to 60 carbon atoms.
- the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like.
- Examples thereof include a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-dodecyl group, a barrel group and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclododecyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- an aromatic group that may contain a heteroatom such as a benzodiazole group, a benzotriazole group, and a benzothiadiazole group can also be appropriately selected.
- a combination of these organic groups can be selected.
- the aromatic group that may contain a heteroatom having 6 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthalene group, a biphenyl group, an anthracyl group, a pyrenyl group, a benzodiazole group, and a benzotriazole group. , Benzotriazole group.
- the methyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of producing a polymer having stable quality.
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- A may be a monocyclic organic group, a double ring organic group, or may have a substituent.
- A is an aromatic ring which may preferably have a substituent.
- the carbon number of A is preferably 6 to 14, and more preferably 6 to 10.
- A is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas, more preferably a group represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-2), and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (A-1). ) Is more preferable.
- A may have an alicyclic structure which may have a substituent.
- the "alicyclic structure” is a saturated or unsaturated carbon ring having no aromaticity. Examples of the alicyclic structure include saturated or unsaturated carbon rings having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and saturated or unsaturated carbon rings having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable.
- Examples of the alicyclic structure include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloicocil, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and cyclopentadienyl.
- A may have a heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
- the heterocyclic structure is not particularly limited, and for example, a cyclic nitrogen-containing structure such as pyridine, piperidine, piperidone, benzodiazole, benzotriazole, etc., triazine, cyclic urethane structure, cyclic urea, cyclic amide, cyclic imide, furan, etc.
- Examples thereof include cyclic ethers such as pyrane and dioxolan, alicyclic groups having a lactone structure such as caprolactone, butyrolactone, nonalactone, decalactone, undecalactone, bicycloundecalactone and phthalide.
- cyclic ethers such as pyrane and dioxolan
- alicyclic groups having a lactone structure such as caprolactone, butyrolactone, nonalactone, decalactone, undecalactone, bicycloundecalactone and phthalide.
- Z is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonic acid ester group, respectively. These groups may have a substituent, and as the substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms which may further have a substituent can be raised.
- r is an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 1 or less, and further preferably 0.
- [* 3 -OR 22- (C O) -OR 2 (R 22 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)]
- the ester group is preferably a tertiary ester group from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
- * 3 is a binding site with A.
- Z is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group or a carboxyl group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- Carboxyalkoxy groups are even more preferred.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (C3).
- RC31 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and m, A and * are as defined by the above formula (C0).
- the polymerization reaction is carried out by dissolving the monomer as a constituent unit in a solvent, adding a polymerization initiator, and heating or cooling.
- the reaction conditions can be arbitrarily set depending on the type of the polymerization initiator, the starting method such as heat and light, the temperature, pressure, concentration, solvent, additives and the like.
- the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators such as azoisobutyronitrile and peroxides, and anionic polymerization initiators such as alkyllithium and Grignard reagents.
- the solvent used for the polymerization reaction a commercially available product that is generally available can be used.
- various solvents such as alcohol, ether, hydrocarbon, and halogen-based solvent can be appropriately used as long as the reaction is not inhibited.
- a plurality of solvents may be mixed and used as long as the reaction is not inhibited.
- the polymer (A) obtained by the polymerization reaction can be purified by a known method. Specifically, ultrafiltration, crystallization, microfiltration, pickling, water washing with an electric conductivity of 10 mS / m or less, and extraction can be performed in combination.
- composition or the film-forming composition of the second embodiment contains the compound (A) or the polymer (A), and is particularly suitable for lithography techniques.
- the composition or the film-forming composition can be used for lithography film-forming applications, for example, resist film-forming applications (that is, “resist compositions”).
- the composition or the film-forming composition is used for upper film forming (that is, "upper film forming composition”), intermediate layer forming use (that is, “intermediate layer forming composition”), and lower layer. It can be used for film forming applications (that is, "lower layer film forming composition”) and the like.
- the composition of the second embodiment it is possible to form a film having high sensitivity and to impart a good resist pattern shape.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment can also be used as an optical component-forming composition to which a lithography technique is applied.
- Optical components are used in the form of films and sheets, as well as plastic lenses (prism lenses, lenticular lenses, microlenses, frennel lenses, viewing angle control lenses, contrast-enhancing lenses, etc.), retardation films, electromagnetic wave shielding films, and prisms.
- the composition is an embedded film and a flattening film on a photodiode, a flattening film before and after a color filter, a microlens, and a flattening on a microlens, which are members of a solid-state image sensor that are particularly required to have a high refractive index. It can be suitably used as a film and a conformal film.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment may contain the compound (A), the composition of the second embodiment, or the polymer (A).
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment may further contain an acid generator (C), a base generator (G), or an acid diffusion control agent (E) (basic compound).
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment may further contain other components such as a base material (B) and a solvent (S), if necessary.
- each component will be described.
- the "base material (B)" is a compound (including a resin) other than the compound (A) or the polymer (A), and is a g-ray, i-line, KrF excimer laser (248 nm). ), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography (13.5 nm), and a substrate applied as a resist for electron beam (EB) (for example, a substrate for lithography or a substrate for resist). .
- These base materials are not particularly limited and can be used as the base material (B) in the second embodiment.
- Examples of the base material (B) include phenol novolac resin, cresol novolak resin, hydroxystyrene resin, (meth) acrylic resin, hydroxystyrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer, cycloolefin-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, and the like.
- Examples thereof include cycloolefins, vinyl ether-maleic acid anhydride copolymers, inorganic resist materials having metal elements such as titanium, tin, hafnium and zirconium, and derivatives thereof.
- phenol novolac resin cresol novolak resin, hydroxystyrene resin, (meth) acrylic resin, hydroxystyrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer, and titanium, tin, hafnium and zirconium.
- Inorganic resist materials having metal elements such as, and derivatives thereof are preferable.
- the derivative is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those having a dissociative group introduced and those having a crosslinkable group introduced.
- the derivative into which the dissociative group or the crosslinkable group is introduced can develop a dissociative reaction or a crosslinking reaction by the action of light, an acid or the like.
- Dissociative group refers to a characteristic group that produces a functional group such as an alkali-soluble group that cleaves and changes its solubility.
- the alkali-soluble group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a hexafluoroisopropanol group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group are preferable, and a phenolic hydroxyl group is particularly preferable.
- Crosslinkable group means a group that crosslinks in the presence of a catalyst or in the absence of a catalyst.
- the crosslinkable group is not particularly limited, and has, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a group having an allyl group, a group having a (meth) acryloyl group, a group having an epoxy (meth) acryloyl group, and a hydroxyl group. Examples thereof include a group having a urethane (meth) acryloyl group, a group having a glycidyl group, and a group having a vinyl-containing phenylmethyl group.
- solvent (S) As the solvent in the second embodiment, a known solvent can be appropriately used as long as the above-mentioned compound (A) or the polymer (A) is at least soluble.
- the solvent is not particularly limited, but for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate.
- ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
- propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate, propylene glycol mono -Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as n-butyl ether acetate
- propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether
- methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, n lactate -Lactic acid esters such as butyl and n-amyl lactic acid
- aliphatics such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, n-buty
- Carboxyre esters Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, Other esters such as 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, butyl 3-methoxy-3-methylpropionate, butyl 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyrate, methyl acetoacetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate; toluene , Aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene; ketones such as acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclopentanone (CPN), cyclohexanone (CHN); N, N-dimethylformamide , N-Methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide,
- the solvent used in the second embodiment is preferably a safe solvent, more preferably at least one selected from PGMEA, PGME, CHN, CPN, 2-heptanone, anisole, butyl acetate and ethyl lactate. It is a species, more preferably at least one selected from PGMEA, PGME, CHN, CPN and ethyl lactate.
- the solid component concentration is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 1 to 50, based on the total mass of the film-forming composition. It is by mass, more preferably 2 to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 10% by mass.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment preferably contains at least one acid generator (C) that directly or indirectly generates an acid by irradiation. Radiation is at least one selected in the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-ray and ion beam.
- the acid generator (C) is not particularly limited, but for example, the acid generator (C) described in International Publication No. WO2013 / 024778 can be used.
- the acid generator (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the acid generator (C) is preferably 0.001 to 49% by mass, more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the solid component. It is more preferably 10 to 25% by mass.
- the method of generating the acid is not particularly limited.
- Finer processing is possible by using an excimer laser instead of ultraviolet rays such as g-rays and i-rays, and further fine processing is possible by using electron beams, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and ion beams as high-energy rays. Is possible.
- Base generator (G) A case where the base generator (G) is a photobase generator will be described.
- a photobase generator is one that generates a base by exposure and does not show activity under normal conditions of normal temperature and pressure, but when it is irradiated with electromagnetic waves and heated as an external stimulus, it is a base (basic substance). ) Is not particularly limited as long as it occurs.
- the photobase generator that can be used in the second embodiment is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used, for example, carbamate derivatives, amide derivatives, imide derivatives, ⁇ -cobalt complexes, imidazole derivatives, and cinnamic acid. Examples thereof include amide derivatives and oxime derivatives.
- the basic substance generated from the photobase generator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having an amino group, particularly monoamines, polyamines such as diamines, and amidines.
- a compound having an amino group having a higher basicity is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution.
- the photobase generator include a base generator having a cinnamon acid amide structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-80452 and International Publication No. 2009/123122, JP-A-2006-189591 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
- a base having an oxime structure and a base having a carbamoyl oxime structure as disclosed in JP-A-2007-249013 and JP-A-2008-003581 examples thereof include, but are not limited to, generators, compounds described in JP-A-2010-243773, and other known structures of base generators can be used.
- the photobase generator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the preferable content of the photobase generator in the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the same as the preferable content of the photoacid generator in the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above. ..
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment may contain an acid diffusion control agent (E) as a basic compound.
- the acid diffusion control agent (E) controls the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator in the resist film by irradiation to prevent an undesired chemical reaction from occurring in the unexposed region.
- the storage stability of the composition of the second embodiment tends to be improved.
- the resolution of the film formed by using the composition of the second embodiment can be improved, and the leaving time before irradiation and the leaving time after irradiation can be improved.
- the acid diffusion control agent (E) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include radiolytic basic compounds such as nitrogen atom-containing basic compounds, basic sulfonium compounds, and basic iodinenium compounds.
- the acid diffusion control agent (E) is not particularly limited, but for example, the acid diffusion control agent (E) described in International Publication No. WO2013 / 024778 can be used.
- the acid diffusion control agent (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the acid diffusion control agent (E) is preferably 0.001 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 0. It is 01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
- the blending amount of the acid diffusion control agent (E) is within the above range, it tends to be possible to prevent deterioration of resolution, pattern shape, dimensional fidelity and the like. Further, even if the leaving time from the electron beam irradiation to the heating after the irradiation is long, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the shape of the upper layer portion of the pattern.
- the blending amount of the acid diffusion control agent (E) is 10% by mass or less, it tends to be possible to prevent deterioration of sensitivity, developability of the unexposed portion, and the like. Further, by using such an acid diffusion control agent, the storage stability of the resist composition is improved, the resolution is improved, and the retention time before irradiation and the retention time after irradiation fluctuate. It is possible to suppress the change in the line width of the resist pattern, and the process stability tends to be excellent.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment contains, as other components (F), a cross-linking agent, a dissolution accelerator, a dissolution control agent, a sensitizer, a surfactant and an organic carboxylic acid, as necessary.
- a cross-linking agent e.g., a cross-linking agent, a dissolution accelerator, a dissolution control agent, a sensitizer, a surfactant and an organic carboxylic acid, as necessary.
- One or two or more kinds of additives such as phosphorus oxoacid or a derivative thereof can be added.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment may contain a cross-linking agent.
- the cross-linking agent can cross-link at least one of the compound (A), the polymer (A) and the substrate (B).
- the cross-linking agent is preferably an acid cross-linking agent capable of intramolecularly or intermolecularly cross-linking the substrate (B) in the presence of an acid generated from the acid generator (C).
- Examples of such an acid cross-linking agent include compounds having one or more groups (hereinafter, referred to as “crosslinkable groups”) capable of cross-linking the substrate (B).
- crosslinkable group examples include (i) a hydroxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group (alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), alkoxy having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and acetoxy (alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Hydroxylalkyl groups such as ( ⁇ 6 alkyl groups) or groups derived from them; (ii) carbonyl groups such as formyl groups, carboxys (alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) or groups derived from them; (iiii).
- Nitrogen-containing group-containing group such as dimethylaminomethyl group, diethylaminomethyl group, dimethylolaminomethyl group, dietylolaminomethyl group, morpholinomethyl group;
- glycidyl group-containing group such as glycidyl ether group, glycidyl ester group and glycidyl amino group Group;
- Allyloxy having 1 to 6 carbon atoms alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- benzyloxymethyl group and benzoyloxymethyl group such as benzyloxymethyl group and benzoyloxymethyl group, and aralkyloxy having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (1 to 6 carbon atoms).
- Groups derived from aromatic groups such as (alkyl groups); (vi) polymerizable multiple bond-containing groups such as vinyl groups and isopropenyl groups can be mentioned.
- a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group and the like are preferable, and an alkoxymethyl group is particularly preferable.
- the cross-linking agent having a cross-linking group is not particularly limited, but for example, the acid cross-linking agent described in International Publication WO2013 / 024778 can be used.
- the cross-linking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the cross-linking agent is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the solid component. More preferably, it is 20% by mass or less.
- the dissolution accelerator is a component having an action of increasing the solubility of a solid component in a developing solution and appropriately increasing the dissolution rate of the compound during development.
- the dissolution accelerator is preferably one having a low molecular weight, and examples thereof include a low molecular weight phenolic compound. Examples of the low molecular weight phenolic compound include bisphenols and tris (hydroxyphenyl) methane. These dissolution accelerators can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
- the blending amount of the dissolution accelerator is appropriately adjusted according to the type of the solid component used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, and 0 to 1% by mass of the total mass of the solid component. % Is more preferable, and 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the dissolution control agent is a component having an action of controlling the solubility of a solid component in a developing solution and appropriately reducing the dissolution rate during development.
- a dissolution control agent one that does not chemically change in steps such as firing of the resist film, irradiation, and development is preferable.
- the dissolution control agent is not particularly limited, and for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenanthrene, anthracene, and acenaphthene; ketones such as acetophenone, benzophenone, and phenylnaphthylketone; Sulfones and the like can be mentioned. These dissolution control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the dissolution control agent is appropriately adjusted according to the type of the compound used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, and 0 to 1% by mass of the total mass of the solid components. Is more preferable, and 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the sensitizer has the effect of absorbing the energy of the irradiated radiation and transferring that energy to the acid generator (C), thereby increasing the amount of acid produced, improving the apparent sensitivity of the resist. It is an ingredient that causes.
- a sensitizer include benzophenones, biacetyls, pyrenes, phenothiazines, fluorenes and the like, but are not particularly limited. These sensitizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the sensitizer is appropriately adjusted according to the type of the compound used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, and 0 to 1% by mass of the total mass of the solid component. More preferably, 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the surfactant is a component having an action of improving the coatability, striation, developability of the resist, etc. of the composition of the second embodiment.
- the surfactant may be any of an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant or an amphoteric surfactant.
- Preferred surfactants include nonionic surfactants.
- the nonionic surfactant has a good affinity with the solvent used for producing the composition of the second embodiment, and can further enhance the effect of the composition of the second embodiment.
- nonionic surfactant examples include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkylphenyl ethers, polyethylene glycol higher fatty acid diesters, and the like, but are not particularly limited.
- Commercially available products of these surfactants are Ftop (manufactured by Gemco), Megafuck (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.), Florard (manufactured by Sumitomo Three-M), and Asahigard under the following trade names.
- the blending amount of the surfactant is appropriately adjusted according to the type of the solid component used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, and 0 to 1% by mass of the total mass of the solid component. % Is more preferable, and 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- Organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus oxo acid or its derivative For the purpose of preventing deterioration of sensitivity or improving the shape of the resist pattern, retention stability, etc., an organic carboxylic acid or an oxo acid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof can be further contained as an arbitrary component.
- the organic carboxylic acid or the oxo acid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof can be used in combination with an acid diffusion control agent, or may be used alone.
- the organic carboxylic acid for example, malonic acid, citric acid, malic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and the like are suitable.
- Examples of the oxo acid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof include phosphoric acid such as phosphoric acid, di-n-butyl ester of phosphoric acid, diphenyl ester of phosphoric acid, or a derivative of such ester, phosphonic acid, dimethyl phosphonic acid ester, and di-phosphonic acid di-.
- Examples thereof include phosphonic acids such as n-butyl ester, phenylphosphonic acid, phosphonic acid diphenyl ester and phosphonic acid dibenzyl ester or derivatives such as their esters, phosphinic acid such as phosphinic acid and phenylphosphinic acid and derivatives such as their esters. Be done. Of these, phosphonic acid is particularly preferable.
- the organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus oxoacid or its derivative can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount of the organic carboxylic acid or the oxo acid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof is appropriately adjusted according to the type of the compound used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, preferably 0 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the solid component. More preferably, 0 to 1% by mass is further preferable, and 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the composition of the second embodiment may contain one or more additives other than the above-mentioned components, if necessary.
- additives include dyes, pigments, adhesive aids and the like.
- a dye or a pigment because the latent image of the exposed portion can be visualized and the influence of halation during exposure can be alleviated.
- an adhesive aid because the adhesiveness to the substrate can be improved.
- examples of other additives include anti-halation agents, storage stabilizers, antifoaming agents, shape improvers and the like, specifically 4-hydroxy-4'-methyl chalcone and the like.
- the total amount of the optional component (F) can be 0 to 99% by mass, preferably 0 to 49% by mass, and 0 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the solid components. More preferably, 0 to 5% by mass is further preferable, 0 to 1% by mass is further preferable, and 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the method for forming the resist pattern of the second embodiment is as follows. A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the film-forming composition of the second embodiment, The step of exposing the pattern to the resist film and The step of developing the resist film after the exposure and including.
- the method for forming the insulating film of the second embodiment may include the method of forming the resist pattern of the second embodiment. That is, the method for forming the insulating film of the second embodiment is A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the film-forming composition of the second embodiment, The step of exposing the pattern to the resist film and The step of developing the resist film after the exposure and May include.
- the film-forming composition of the second embodiment contains, for example, the compound (A), the composition of the second embodiment, or the polymer (A).
- the coating method in the step of forming the resist film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spin coater, a dip coater, and a roller coater.
- the substrate is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silicon wafers, metals, plastics, glass, and ceramics.
- heat treatment may be performed at a temperature of about 50 ° C to 200 ° C.
- the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 50 nm to 1 ⁇ m.
- exposure may be performed via a predetermined mask pattern, or maskless shot exposure may be performed.
- the thickness of the coating film is, for example, about 0.1 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.3 to 2 ⁇ m.
- Light rays of various wavelengths such as ultraviolet rays and X-rays, can be used for exposure.
- an F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), an ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), or a KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm) can be used.
- Far ultraviolet rays such as, extreme ultraviolet rays (wavelength 13n), X-rays, electron beams, etc. are appropriately selected and used. Among these, extreme ultraviolet rays are preferable.
- the exposure conditions such as the exposure amount are appropriately selected according to the composition of the above-mentioned resin and / or compound, the type of each additive, and the like.
- a predetermined resist pattern is formed by developing with an alkaline developer at 10 to 50 ° C. for 10 to 200 seconds, preferably 20 to 25 ° C. for 15 to 90 seconds.
- alkaline developing solution examples include alkali metal hydroxides, aqueous ammonia, alkylamines, alkanolamines, heterocyclic amines, tetraalkylammonium hydroxides, choline, and 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.
- Alkaline compounds such as 4.0] -7-undecene and 1,5-diazabicyclo- [4.3.0] -5-nonen are usually concentrated in an amount of 1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 3% by mass.
- An alkaline aqueous solution dissolved so as to be used is used. Further, a water-soluble organic solvent or a surfactant can be appropriately added to the developer composed of the alkaline aqueous solution.
- a solvent can also be used as the developer.
- the solvent used in the developing solution it is preferable to select a solvent having a solubility parameter (SP value) close to that of the compound or resin according to the second embodiment to be used, and it is preferable to select a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, or an alcohol solvent.
- SP value solubility parameter
- Amid solvent, polar solvent such as ether solvent, hydrocarbon solvent or alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
- a positive resist pattern or a negative resist pattern can be prepared depending on the type of the developing solution, but in general, a polar solvent such as a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, or an ether solvent can be produced.
- a negative resist pattern can be obtained, and in the case of an alkaline aqueous solution, a positive resist pattern can be obtained.
- the ketone solvent, ester solvent, alcohol solvent, amide solvent, ether solvent, hydrocarbon solvent, and alkaline aqueous solution include those disclosed in International Publication No. 2017/033943.
- the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 70% by mass, more preferably less than 50% by mass, and less than 30% by mass. More preferably, it is more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably it contains substantially no water. That is, the content of the organic solvent in the developing solution is not particularly limited, and is preferably 30% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developing solution. It is more preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, further preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
- the developing solution contains at least one solvent selected from a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent and an ether solvent, and the developing solution contains the resolution and roughness of the resist pattern. It is preferable because it improves the resist performance of the solvent.
- the vapor pressure of the developer is not particularly limited, and is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less, for example, at 20 ° C.
- the vapor pressure of the developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less, for example, at 20 ° C.
- the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, an ionic or nonionic fluorine-based or silicon-based surfactant can be used.
- fluorine- or silicon-based surfactants include JP-A-62-36663, JP-A-61-226746, JP-A-61-226745, JP-A-62-170950, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-170950.
- the surfactants described in No. 5529881, No. 5296330, No. 5436098, No. 5576143, No. 5294511, and No. 5824451 can be mentioned.
- it is a nonionic surfactant.
- the nonionic surfactant is not particularly limited, but it is more preferable to use a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicon-based surfactant.
- the amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developing solution.
- a developing method for example, a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), or a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle).
- dip method a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time
- paddle a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time
- a method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate spray method
- a method of continuously spraying the developer on the substrate rotating at a constant speed while scanning the developer dispensing nozzle at a constant speed dynamic discharge method.
- Etc. can be applied.
- the time for developing the pattern is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 seconds to 90 seconds.
- a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting with another solvent.
- the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after development is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern cured by crosslinking is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent or water can be used.
- a rinsing solution it is preferable to use a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent and an ether solvent. .. More preferably, after development, a washing step is performed using a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, and an amide solvent.
- a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing an alcohol-based solvent or an ester-based solvent is performed. Even more preferably, after development, a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol is performed. Particularly preferably, after development, a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
- the time for rinsing the pattern is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 90 seconds.
- the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step after development is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols, and specifically, 1-butanol and 2 -Butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol , Cyclopentanol, 2-Heptanol, 2-Octanol, 3-Hexanol, 3-Heptanol, 3-Octanol, 4-Octanol and the like can be used, and a particularly preferable monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is 1-. Hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like can be
- Each of the above components may be mixed in a plurality or mixed with an organic solvent other than the above.
- the water content in the rinse liquid is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, better development characteristics can be obtained.
- the vapor pressure of the rinse solution used after development is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and further preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
- the vapor pressure of the rinsing liquid By setting the vapor pressure of the rinsing liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is further improved, and the swelling caused by the infiltration of the rinsing liquid is further suppressed, and the dimensions in the wafer surface are further suppressed. The uniformity is improved.
- An appropriate amount of surfactant can be added to the rinse solution before use.
- the developed wafer is cleaned with a rinsing solution containing the above-mentioned organic solvent.
- the method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously applying a rinse solution onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotational coating method), or a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse solution for a certain period of time.
- a method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinse solution on the surface of the substrate (spray method), etc. can be applied.
- the cleaning treatment is performed by the rotation coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a rotation speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
- composition of the second embodiment can also be used as an optical component forming composition to which a lithography technique is applied.
- Optical components are used in the form of films and sheets, as well as plastic lenses (prism lenses, lenticular lenses, microlenses, frennel lenses, viewing angle control lenses, contrast-enhancing lenses, etc.), retardation films, electromagnetic wave shielding films, and prisms.
- the composition is an embedded film and a flattening film on a photodiode, a flattening film before and after a color filter, a microlens, and a flattening on a microlens, which are members of a solid-state image sensor that are particularly required to have a high refractive index. It can be suitably used as a film and a conformal film.
- the composition of the second embodiment can be used as a patterning material for lithography applications.
- the lithography process can be used in various applications such as semiconductors, liquid display panels, display panels using OLEDs, power devices, CCDs and other sensors.
- the composition of the second embodiment is used on the upper surface side of an insulating layer such as a silicon oxide film or another oxide film in the step of forming a device element on a silicon wafer.
- a semiconductor element is formed by forming a pattern on the insulating film on the substrate side using etching based on the pattern formed in the above process, and then laminating a metal film or semiconductor material based on the formed insulating film pattern to form a circuit pattern.
- the composition of the second embodiment can be preferably used for the purpose of constructing the above-mentioned device and other devices.
- the third embodiment is an embodiment in the case where RX in the compound (A) in the first embodiment is a hydrogen atom .
- RX in the compound (A) in the first embodiment is a hydrogen atom .
- the description may be simplified or omitted with respect to the same contents as those of the second embodiment.
- the third embodiment is an example for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the second embodiment.
- a resist having extremely excellent exposure sensitivity can be obtained. Further, a resist having extremely excellent exposure sensitivity can be obtained by a method for forming a pattern using the compound (A), a method for forming an insulating film, or a method for producing a compound. That is, a compound, a polymer, a composition, a film-forming composition, a pattern forming method, an insulating film forming method and a compound, which can obtain a resist having extremely excellent exposure sensitivity by using the compound (A). Production method can be provided.
- the iodine atom has a high absorption effect on EUV and the substituent P is immediately adjacent to the iodine atom to absorb the iodine atom.
- the effect is easily affected and the sensitizing effect is likely to be generated from the substituent P, and further, the opposite side of the iodine atom of the substituent P is unsubstituted, and the sensitizing effect of P is likely to be exhibited. I guess it is because of this.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group and an amino group.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RA is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group in order to increase the sensitivity.
- a trifluoromethyl group is preferable as RA from the viewpoint of enhancing absorption to EUV.
- substitution means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a functional group are substituted with a substituent unless otherwise defined.
- the "substituent” is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a thiol group, a heterocyclic group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Examples thereof include an aryl group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms. Be done.
- the alkyl group may be any of a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is not limited to the following, but for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, and the like. Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-dodecyl group and a barrel group.
- Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, a phenyl group, a naphthalene group, a biphenyl group, an anthracyl group, a pyrenyl group, a perylene group and the like.
- Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, an ethynyl group, a propenyl group, a butynyl group, a pentynyl group and the like.
- Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, an acetylene group and an ethynyl group.
- the alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is not limited to the following, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, and a pentoxy group.
- P is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group and a thioether group.
- Phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphin group of P.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- the ester group is preferably a tertiary ester group from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
- * 3 is a binding site with A.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, and a phosphine group from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- Phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group is preferable, hydroxyl group, ester group, acetal group, carbonate ester group or carboxylalkoxy group is more preferable, acetal group, carbonate ester group or carboxy.
- An alkoxy group is more preferable, and an acetal group or a carboxylalkoxy group is particularly preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of producing a stable quality polymer by radical polymerization, an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the difference in dissolution rate before and after exposure to improve the resolution, a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonic acid ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group is preferable. From the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity without adversely affecting other properties, P is preferably an ester group, an acetal group, or a carbonic acid ester group.
- P is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1) independently of each other.
- L 2 is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid or base.
- * 1 is a binding site with a benzene ring
- * 2 is a binding site with R 2 .
- L 2 is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- a carboxylalkoxy group is more preferable.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- P is a formula for the purpose of controlling the polymerizable property of the resin and setting the degree of polymerization within a desired range. It is preferably a group represented by (P-1). Since the compound (A) has iodine, it has a large influence on the active species during the polymer formation reaction and it is difficult to control it as desired. Therefore, the hydrophilic group in the compound (A) is represented by the formula (P-1). By having the group as a protective group, it is possible to suppress the variation in the formation of the copolymer derived from the hydrophilic group and the inhibition of the polymerization.
- R2 is an aliphatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the group group may or may not have a substituent.
- R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group.
- the aliphatic group in R2 is preferably a branched or cyclic aliphatic group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, and further preferably 4 or more and 8 or less.
- the aliphatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group and an adamantyl group.
- a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
- it when it is cleaved by the action of an acid or a base, it forms a carboxylic acid group and is insoluble in the dissociated part in the development process. Since the difference in solubility and the difference in dissolution rate between the rows are widened, the resolution is improved, and the residue at the bottom of the pattern in the fine line pattern is particularly suppressed, which is preferable.
- P is, for example, a group independently represented by any of the following equations.
- alkoxy group that can be used as P examples include an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 2 or more carbon atoms is used from the viewpoint of the solubility of the resin after resinification in combination with another monomer.
- An alkoxy group having 3 or more carbon atoms or a cyclic structure is preferable.
- Specific examples of the alkoxy group that can be used as P include, but are not limited to, the following.
- amino group and the amide group that can be used as P a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a group having a quaternary ammonium salt structure, an amide having a substituent and the like can be appropriately used.
- Specific examples of the amino group or amide group that can be used include, but are not limited to, the following.
- the compound (A) according to the third embodiment has a hydrogen group serving as a proton source at the ortho position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, thereby contributing to the efficiency of the proton generation mechanism after exposure.
- a polymer using the compound (A) is applied to a resist composition to form a pattern by a lithography process consisting of film formation, exposure, and development, the efficiency of proton generation after exposure is improved, resulting in development residues and development residues. It is possible to make up for the lack of generated protons that are the source of roughness, bridges, etc., and to achieve both development defects and lithography performance such as sensitivity and resolution.
- the pattern quality in finer pattern formation can be improved.
- Examples of the compound (A) according to the third embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the third embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1A).
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1A) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the exposure sensitivity is improved by the high density of the iodine-containing portion and the P-containing portion in the proximity region. It will be the starting point. Further, the local increase in solubility in the resin leads to reduction of post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- Examples of the compound (1A) according to the third embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the third embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1B).
- RA and P are the same as the definition in the formula (1), n 2 is an integer of 0 to 4, and R sub2 is. It represents the formula (1B1) or the formula (1B2), and * is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- the composition contains the compound represented by the formula (1B) in a range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity and reducing the residual defects. It is preferable that it is prepared so as to be, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more and 1 mass. It is particularly preferable that it is in the range of% or less.
- the exposure sensitivity is improved by the high density of the iodine-containing portion and the P-containing portion in the proximity region. It will be the starting point. Further, the local increase in solubility in the resin leads to reduction of post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- Examples of the compound (1B) according to the third embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- composition according to the third embodiment preferably contains the compound (A) and the compound represented by the formula (1C).
- RA and P are the same as the definitions in formula (1). However, P does not include I.
- the compound represented by the formula (1C) is 1 mass ppm or more with respect to the compound (A) 10 with respect to the whole compound (A). It is preferably contained in the range of 1 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 3 mass% or less, and 1 mass ppm or more 1 It is particularly preferable that the content is in the range of mass% or less.
- the composition thus prepared tends to be more stable. The reason is not clear, but it is presumed that the iodine atom equilibrium reaction occurs and stabilizes between the iodine-containing compound (A) and the iodine-free compound (1C).
- the compound (1C) in combination with a compound having a structure in which an iodine atom is eliminated from the compound exemplified as the above-mentioned compound (A).
- the composition thus produced has enhanced stability, it not only enhances storage stability, but also forms a resin having stable properties, imparts stable performance resist performance, and further. Leads to a reduction in post-development residue defects in the lithography process.
- the method for using the compound represented by the formula (1C) in the range of 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the entire compound (A) in the composition containing the compound (A) is not particularly limited. , A method of adding the compound (1C) to the compound (A), a method of producing the compound (1C) as a by-product during the production of the compound (A), and the like.
- Examples of the compound (1C) according to the third embodiment include compounds having the following structures.
- the compound represented by the formula (1), wherein P is a hydroxyl group is not particularly limited as an example of the synthesis method, but I, F, Cl, with respect to the hydroxy group-containing aromatic aldehyde derivative.
- it can be synthesized by introducing a halogen group of Br and then converting an aldehyde group into a vinyl group.
- a method of reacting iodine chloride in an organic solvent by carrying out an iodination reaction with a hydroxybenzaldehyde derivative see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-180326), ⁇ under alkaline conditions.
- a method of dropping iodine into an alkaline aqueous solution of phenol see JP-A-63-101342 and JP-A-2003-64012) can be appropriately selected.
- an iodine monochloride-mediated iodination reaction in an organic solvent.
- the compound (A) of the third embodiment can be synthesized.
- a Wittig reaction for example, the method described in Synthetic Communications; Vol.22; nb4; 1992p513, Synthesis; Vol.49; nb.23; 2017; p5217
- a Wittig reaction for example, the method described in Synthetic Communications; Vol.22; nb4; 1992p513, Synthesis; Vol.49; nb.23; 2017; p5217
- the method for producing the compound (A) (iodine-containing vinyl monomer) represented by the formula (1) is a) General structure represented by equation (1-5):
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group and a nitro group.
- b) includes a Wittig reaction step of forming an alkene from the carbonyl moiety of the iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or the iodine-containing ketone substrate by the Wittig reaction.
- the iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or iodine-containing ketone substrate having the general structure represented by the formula (1-5) include 4-hydroxy-3-iodobenzaldehyde and the like.
- the Wittig reaction step is a step of forming an alkene by the Wittig reaction, and is a step of forming an alkene from a carbonyl moiety having an aldehyde or a ketone using phosphorus irid, without limitation.
- phosphorus irid triphenylalkylphosphine bromide such as triphenylmethylphosphine bromide, which can form a stable phosphorus irid, can be used.
- a phosphonium salt as phosphorus iris with a base to form phosphoylide in the reaction system and use it in the above-mentioned reaction.
- a base conventionally known ones can be used, and for example, an alkali metal salt of alkoxide or the like can be appropriately used.
- a method of reacting malonic acid under a base for example, Tetrahedron; Vol.46; nb.40; 2005; p6893, Tetrahedron; Vol.63; nb.4 (2007; the method described in p900, US2004 / 118673, etc.) and the like can be appropriately used.
- the method for producing the compound (A) (iodine-containing vinyl monomer) represented by the formula (1) is a) A step of preparing an iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the above formula (1-5); b) With the malonic acid addition step of adding malonic acid to the iodine-containing aldehyde-based substrate or the iodine-containing ketone substrate; c) A hydrolysis step of hydrolyzing the iodine-containing aldehyde substrate or the iodine-containing ketone substrate to which the malonic acid is added to produce an iodine-containing carboxylic acid substrate; d) A decarboxylation step of decarboxylating the iodine-containing carboxylic acid substrate that has been hydrolyzed; And include.
- the malonic acid addition step in the third embodiment is a step of forming a malonic acid derivative, and is a reaction between aldehyde and malonic acid, malonic acid ester or malonic acid anhydride, without limitation.
- the hydrolysis step in the third embodiment is a step of forming a carboxylic acidic substrate by hydrolysis, and is a reaction of hydrolyzing an ester by the action of an acid or water, without limitation.
- the decarboxylation step in the third embodiment is a step of decarboxylating from a carboxylic acidic substrate to obtain a vinyl monomer, and is not limited, but is preferably performed at a low temperature of 100 ° C. or lower, and a fluoride-based catalyst is used. Is more preferable.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the third embodiment for example, the method described in the above-mentioned reference material can be appropriately used, but the method is not limited thereto.
- the compound represented by the formula (1) in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonic acid ester group is not particularly limited as an example of the synthesis method, but is not limited to the formula (1).
- P is a hydroxyl group
- an active carboxylic acid derivative compound such as acid chloride, acid anhydride or dicarbonate, alkyl halide, vinyl alkyl ether, dihydropyran, etc. It is obtained by reacting with a halocarboxylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
- a compound represented by the formula (1) in which P is a hydroxyl group, is dissolved or suspended in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, tetrahydrofuran, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- an aprotic solvent such as acetone, tetrahydrofuran, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- vinyl alkyl ether such as ethyl vinyl ether or dihydropyran is added, and the reaction is carried out at normal pressure at 20 to 60 ° C. for 6 to 72 hours in the presence of an acid catalyst such as pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate.
- the reaction solution is neutralized with an alkaline compound, added to distilled water to precipitate a white solid, and then the separated white solid is washed with distilled water and dried to obtain a compound represented by the formula (1).
- a compound in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group can be obtained.
- a compound represented by the formula (1), in which P is a hydroxyl group is dissolved or suspended in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, THF, or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- an alkyl halide such as ethyl chloromethyl ether or a halocarboxylic acid alkyl ester such as methyl adamantyl bromoacetate is added, and the mixture is reacted at normal pressure at 20 to 110 ° C. for 6 to 72 hours in the presence of an alkaline catalyst such as potassium carbonate. ..
- the reaction solution is neutralized with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, added to distilled water to precipitate a white solid, and then the separated white solid is washed with distilled water and dried to obtain a compound represented by the formula (1). Therefore, a compound in which P is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group or a carbonate ester group can be obtained.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the third embodiment it is more preferable to include the synthesis method shown below from the viewpoint of suppressing the yield and the amount of waste.
- the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate used in the third embodiment may be, for example, an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the following formula (1-1).
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine.
- a group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl group, methoxy group, halogen or cyano group, respectively. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- Suitable iodine-containing alcoholic substrates include, but are not limited to, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol and 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) -3-iodophenol. At least one iodine is introduced, and it is preferable that two or more iodines are introduced.
- these iodine-containing alcoholic substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing the iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the formula (1) is a) A step of preparing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1); b) Includes a dehydration step of dehydrating the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having the formula (1-1), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable.
- the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- Method (I) for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate represented by the formula (1-1) is, for example, an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2). be.
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine. It is a group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.)
- Suitable iodine-containing ketone substrates include, but are not limited to, 4-hydroxy-3-iodophenylmethyl ketone.
- these iodine-containing ketone substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1) is c) A step of preparing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2); d) Includes a reduction step of subjecting the iodine-containing ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is c) A step of preparing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2); d) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the iodine-containing ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing ketone substrate having the formula (1-2), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodoacetophenone as the iodine-containing ketone substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the iodine-containing ketonic substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodoacetophenone as the iodine-containing ketone substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the alcoholic substrate used in the production of the iodine-containing alcoholic substrate represented by the formula (1-1) is, for example, an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3).
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group and a nitro group.
- R 7 to R 10 are independent of each other. It is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methoxy group, a halogen or a cyano group, except that one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.
- Suitable alcoholic substrates include, but are not limited to, 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol.
- these alcoholic substrates can be obtained by many methods, it is desirable to obtain them by the methods described below from the viewpoint of availability and yield of raw materials.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1) is e) A step of preparing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3); f) The iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the alcoholic substrate is included.
- the iodine introduction step in the third embodiment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of reacting an iodine agent in a solvent (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-180326), under alkaline conditions, in the presence of ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
- a method of dropping iodine into an alkaline aqueous solution of phenol Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-101342, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-64012
- the iodine agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include iodine agents such as iodine chloride, iodine, and N-iodosuccinimide. Among these, iodine chloride is preferable.
- the method for synthesizing the compound (A) of the third embodiment for example, the method described in the above-mentioned reference material can be appropriately used, but the method is not limited thereto.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-1). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is e) A step of preparing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3); f) It may include an iodine introduction step.
- Reaction conditions An alcoholic substrate having the formula (1-3), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the ketone substrate used in the production of the iodine-containing ketone substrate represented by the formula (1-2) is, for example, a ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4).
- P is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group and a phosphine. It is a group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphate group, and R 7 to R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, methoxy groups, halogens or cyano groups. However, one of R 7 to R 10 is a hydroxyl group or a methoxy group.)
- Suitable ketone substrates include, but are not limited to, 4-hydroxyphenylmethyl ketone.
- ketone substrates can be obtained by many methods.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2) is as follows. g) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); h) It may include an iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the ketone substrate.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an iodine-containing ketone substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-2). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is g) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); h) It may include an iodine introduction step of introducing an iodine atom into the ketone substrate.
- a ketone substrate having the formula (1-4), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- the ketone substrate used in the production of the alcoholic substrate having the general structure represented by the formula (1-3) is, for example, the ketone substrate having the general structure represented by the above formula (1-4). ..
- the method for producing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3) is i) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); j) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) may include the method for producing an alcoholic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-3). That is, the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1) is i) A step of preparing a ketonic substrate having a general structure represented by the formula (1-4); j) It may include a reduction step of subjecting the ketone substrate to a reduction treatment.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- a ketone substrate having the formula (1-4), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4'-hydroxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4'-hydroxyacetophenone as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer according to the third embodiment may be a method for producing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer represented by the formula (2), and specifically, a method for producing iodine-containing alkoxystyrene. May be.
- RA is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group
- RC is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- acetoxystyrene produced by the method of the third embodiment include, but are not limited to, 4-acetoxy-3-iodostyrene.
- the iodine-containing vinyl monomer used in the third embodiment is, for example, an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the above formula (1).
- the iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (2) is k) A step of preparing an iodine-containing vinyl monomer having a general structure represented by the formula (1); l) It may include an acylation step of subjecting the iodine-containing vinyl monomer to an acylation treatment.
- organic solvent a wide variety of organic solvents including polar aprotic organic solvents and protic polar organic solvents are used.
- a single protic and aprotic solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used.
- a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferable.
- Solvents are effective but not essential components.
- Suitable polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diglime and triglime, and ester solvents such as ethyl acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, hexamethyl sublin
- amide-based solvents such as acid triamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred.
- Suitable protonic polar solvents include, but are not limited to, di (propylene glycol) methyl ether, di (ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol. , And n-butanol.
- the amount of the solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate to be used, the catalyst, the reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited, but in general, 0 to 10000 parts by mass is suitable for 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and the yield. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 100 to 2000 parts by mass.
- reaction conditions An iodine-containing vinyl monomer having the formula (1), a catalyst and an organic solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture.
- One of the appropriate reactors is used. Further, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a known method such as a batch type, a semi-batch type or a continuous type.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally, a temperature of 0 ° C to 200 ° C is suitable, and from the viewpoint of yield, a temperature of 0 ° C to 100 ° C is preferable. For reactions using 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene as the substrate, the preferred temperature range is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the reaction pressure is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield.
- the pressure can be adjusted using an inert gas such as nitrogen, or by using an intake pump or the like.
- Reactions at high pressure include, but are not limited to, conventional pressure reactors including shaking vessels, rocker vessel and agitated autoclaves.
- the preferable reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, and reduced pressure is preferable.
- the reaction time is not particularly limited. The preferred range depends on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions take less than 6 hours, with reaction times typically 15-600 minutes. For reactions using 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene as the substrate, the preferred reaction time range is 15 ° C to 600 ° C.
- Isolation and purification can be performed after completion of the reaction using a conventionally known suitable method.
- the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted into an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
- the product is then recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure.
- Isolated as a desired high-purity monomer by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, separation and purification method using activated carbon, etc., which are well known in the art, or a method using a combination thereof. Can be purified.
- the compound in the third embodiment is obtained as a crude product by the above reaction and then further purified to remove residual metal impurities. That is, in the compound manufacturing process, from the viewpoint of prevention of deterioration of the resin over time and storage stability, and also from the viewpoint of process suitability when resinified and applied to the semiconductor manufacturing process, manufacturing profitability due to defects, etc. It is preferable to avoid residual gold-damaged impurities derived from the mixing of metal components used as reaction aids or mixed from reaction kettles for manufacturing or other manufacturing equipment.
- the residual amount of the above-mentioned metal impurities is preferably less than 1 ppm, more preferably less than 100 ppb, further preferably less than 50 ppb, still more preferably less than 10 ppb, respectively, with respect to the resin. Most preferably, it is less than 1 ppb.
- metal species such as Fe, Ni, Sb, W, and Al, which are classified as transition metals
- the metal residual amount is 1 ppm or more, the material is modified over time due to the interaction with the compound in the third embodiment. There is a concern that it may cause deterioration.
- the amount is 1 ppm or more, the remaining amount of metal cannot be sufficiently reduced when a resin for a semiconductor process is produced using the produced compound, and defects derived from residual metal in the semiconductor manufacturing process cannot be sufficiently reduced. There is a concern that it may cause a decrease in profitability due to performance deterioration.
- the purification method is not particularly limited, but the step of dissolving the compound in the third embodiment in a solvent to obtain a solution (S) and the obtained solution (S) and an acidic aqueous solution are brought into contact with each other.
- the solvent used in the step of obtaining the solution (S) includes an organic solvent which is arbitrarily immiscible with water, including a step of extracting impurities in the compound in the third embodiment (first extraction step). According to the purification method, the content of various metals that may be contained as impurities in the resin can be reduced.
- the compound in the third embodiment is dissolved in an organic solvent that is not miscible with water to obtain a solution (S), and the solution (S) is further brought into contact with an acidic aqueous solution for extraction treatment. It can be performed.
- the organic phase and the aqueous phase can be separated to obtain a resin having a reduced metal content.
- the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used in the purification method is not particularly limited, but the amount used may be used from the viewpoint of reducing the number of extractions for removing the metal and ensuring operability in consideration of the total amount of the liquid. It is preferable to adjust. From the above viewpoint, the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used is preferably 10 to 200% by mass, more preferably 20 to 100% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solution (S).
- the metal component can be extracted from the compound in the solution (S) by contacting the acidic aqueous solution with the solution (S).
- the solution (S) may further contain an organic solvent that is optionally miscible with water.
- an organic solvent that is arbitrarily miscible with water is contained, the amount of the compound charged can be increased, the liquid separation property is improved, and purification can be performed with high pot efficiency.
- the method of adding an organic solvent that is arbitrarily miscible with water is not particularly limited. For example, any of a method of adding to a solution containing an organic solvent in advance, a method of adding to water or an acidic aqueous solution in advance, and a method of adding after contacting a solution containing an organic solvent with water or an acidic aqueous solution may be used. Among these, the method of adding to a solution containing an organic solvent in advance is preferable in terms of workability of operation and ease of control of the amount to be charged.
- the purification method it is preferable to include a step (second extraction step) of extracting impurities in the resin by further contacting the solution phase containing the compound with water after the first extraction step.
- the extraction treatment is performed using an acidic aqueous solution, and then the solution phase containing the resin and the solvent extracted and recovered from the aqueous solution is further subjected to the extraction treatment with water.
- the above-mentioned extraction treatment with water is not particularly limited, but can be performed, for example, by mixing the solution phase and water well by stirring or the like, and then allowing the obtained mixed solution to stand still.
- the solution phase can be recovered by decantation or the like.
- the water used here is preferably water having a low metal content, for example, ion-exchanged water, for the purpose of the third embodiment.
- the extraction process may be performed only once, but it is also effective to repeat the operations of mixing, standing, and separating a plurality of times.
- the conditions such as the ratio of use of both in the extraction treatment, the temperature, and the time are not particularly limited, but the same as in the case of the contact treatment with the acidic aqueous solution described above may be used.
- Moisture that can be mixed in the solution containing the compound and the solvent thus obtained can be easily removed by performing an operation such as vacuum distillation. Further, if necessary, a solvent can be added to the solution to adjust the concentration of the compound to an arbitrary concentration.
- the compound purification method according to the third embodiment can also be purified by passing a solution of the resin in a solvent through a filter.
- the content of various metals in the resin can be effectively and significantly reduced.
- the amounts of these metal components can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
- the term "passing liquid" in the third embodiment means that the solution passes from the outside of the filter to the inside of the filter and moves to the outside of the filter again. For example, the solution is simply filtered.
- the mode of contacting on the surface of the ion exchange resin and the mode of moving the solution outside the ion exchange resin while contacting the solution on the surface are excluded.
- the filter used for removing the metal component in the solution containing the compound and the solvent can usually be a commercially available filter for liquid filtration.
- the filtration accuracy of the filter is not particularly limited, but the nominal pore size of the filter is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, more preferably less than 0.2 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0. It is less than .1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the nominal pore diameter of the filter is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.005 ⁇ m.
- the nominal pore size referred to here is a nominal pore size indicating the separation performance of the filter, and is determined by a test method determined by the filter manufacturer, such as a bubble point test, a mercury intrusion method test, and a standard particle capture test.
- the hole diameter When a commercially available product is used, it is a value described in the manufacturer's catalog data.
- the filter passing step may be performed twice or more in order to further reduce the content of each metal component in the solution.
- the method for purifying the compound according to the third embodiment can also be purified by distilling the compound itself.
- the distillation method is not particularly limited, but known methods such as atmospheric distillation, vacuum distillation, molecular distillation, and steam distillation can be used.
- the compound (A) according to the third embodiment can be added to the film-forming composition as it is or as a polymer described later to increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source.
- the compound (A) or a polymer thereof is preferably used for a photoresist.
- composition of the third embodiment comprises compound (A).
- the content of the compound (A) in the third embodiment is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, and further preferably 99% by mass or more.
- composition of the third embodiment include a compound represented by the formula (1) other than the formula (1C) as the compound (A) and a compound represented by the formula (1C). It is preferable to include at least.
- the proportion of the monomer represented by the formula (1C) is preferably 1 mass ppm or more and 10 mass% or less, preferably 20 mass ppm or more or 2 mass by mass, based on the entire monomer represented by the formula (1). % Or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or more and 1% by mass or less.
- the interaction between the resins at the time of resinification can be reduced, and the interaction between the resins after forming a film using the resin can be achieved.
- the resulting crystallinity By suppressing the resulting crystallinity, the locality of solubility in the developer during development at the molecular level of several nanometers to several tens of nanometers is reduced, and in a series of lithography processes of exposure, post-exposure baking, and development. It is possible to suppress deterioration of pattern quality such as line edge roughness and residue defects of the pattern formed in the pattern forming process, and further improve the resolution.
- the effects on these styrene performances are such that the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (1C) having a mother nucleus A into which a halogen element, particularly iodine or a fluorine compound is introduced, introduces iodine or the like.
- the composition of the third embodiment contains compound (A).
- the content of impurities containing K (potassium) in the composition is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 mass ppm or less, with respect to the entire compound (A) in terms of elements. Yes, more preferably 0.1 mass ppm or less, still more preferably 0.005 mass ppm or less.
- the content of one or more elemental impurities selected from the group) is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 ppm or less, still more preferably 0. It is 1 ppm or less.
- the amounts of K, Mn, Al, Si, Li and the like are measured by inorganic elemental analysis (IPC-AES / IPC-MS). Examples of the inorganic element analyzer include "AG8900" manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Inc.
- the content of the phosphorus-containing compound is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, and further preferably 5 ppm or less with respect to the entire compound (A).
- the content of maleic acid is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 8 ppm or less, still more preferably 5 ppm or less, based on the whole compound (A).
- the amounts of the phosphorus-containing compound and maleic acid are calculated by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) from the area fraction of the GC chart and the peak intensity ratio of the target peak to the reference peak.
- GC-MS gas chromatography-mass spectrometry
- the content of the peroxide is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1 ppm or less, still more preferably 0.1 ppm with respect to the whole compound (A). It is as follows.
- the peroxide content is determined by adding trichloroacetic acid to the sample by the ammonium ferrothiocianate acid method (hereinafter referred to as AFTA method), and then adding ammonium iron (II) sulfate and potassium thiocyanate, which are known as standard substances.
- AFTA method ammonium ferrothiocianate acid method
- the water content is preferably 100,000 ppm or less, more preferably 20,000 ppm or less, still more preferably 1,000 ppm or less, based on the whole compound (A). Yes, more preferably 500 ppm or less, still more preferably 100 ppm or less.
- the water content is measured by the Karl Fischer method (Karl Fischer moisture measuring device).
- the polymer (A) of the third embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned compound (A).
- the polymer (A) can increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source when blended in the resist composition. In particular, even when extreme ultraviolet rays are used as the exposure light source, sufficient sensitivity can be exhibited and a fine line pattern with a narrow line width can be satisfactorily formed.
- the conventional resist composition may have a decrease in sensitivity to an exposure light source over time due to storage or the like, and there is a difficulty in developing it for actual semiconductor manufacturing.
- the stability of the resist composition is improved, and the decrease in sensitivity to the exposure light source is suppressed even when the resist composition is stored for a long period of time.
- the polymer (A) of the third embodiment contains a structural unit derived from the compound (A).
- the structural unit derived from the compound (A) contained in the polymer (A) includes, for example, a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-A).
- RA and P are the same as the definitions in formula (1), and * is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit. It is preferable that RA is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Further, it is preferable that P is a hydroxyl group or a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonic acid ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group.
- the polymer (A) can be obtained by polymerizing the compound (A) of the third embodiment or by copolymerizing the compound (A) with another monomer.
- the polymer (A) can be used, for example, as a material for forming a film for lithography.
- the amount of the structural unit derived from the compound (A) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 8 mol% or more, still more preferably 10 mol%, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). % Or more.
- the amount of the structural unit derived from the compound (A) is 100 mol% or less, preferably 80 mol% or less, and more preferably 50 mol% with respect to the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is less than or equal to, more preferably 30 mol% or less.
- One of the preferred embodiments of the polymer of the third embodiment is a compound represented by the formula (1) as a constituent unit of the polymerized body (A), a monomer represented by the compound (A), and a formula represented by the formula (1). It is preferable to contain at least the compound represented by (1C).
- the content ratio of the monomer represented by the formula (1C) is preferably 10 ppm or more and 10% by mass or less, and preferably 20 ppm or more and 2% by mass or less with respect to the entire monomer represented by the formula (1). More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 50 ppm or more and 1% by mass or less.
- an aromatic compound having an unsaturated double bond as a substituent is used as a polymerization unit, and alkaline development is carried out by the action of an acid or a base. It preferably contains a polymerization unit having a functional group that improves solubility in a liquid.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) is not particularly limited, but for example, International Publication WO2016 / 125782, International Publication WO2015 / 115613, JP-A-2015 / 117305, International. Examples thereof include those described in WO2014 / 175275, JP2012 / 162298, or compounds represented by the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2). Among these, the compound represented by the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2) is preferable.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (C0). That is, in the polymer (A), in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (1-A), the structural unit represented by the following formula (C0), the following formula (C1) or the following formula (C2) is further added. It is preferable to include it.
- the dissolution rate R min of the resin that becomes the pattern convex part during alkaline development in the unexposed part during exposure is determined. It is preferable that the difference in dissolution rate R max with respect to the alkaline developer of the resin that becomes the pattern recess during alkaline development in the exposed part during exposure is larger by 3 orders of magnitude or more, the difference in dissolution rate depending on the presence or absence of a protective group is large, and the bake after exposure. (PEB), it is preferable that the desorption rate of the protective group in development is high. From these viewpoints, it is preferable that the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) has a structural unit represented by the following formula (C1).
- RC11 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC12 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC13 is a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, which is formed together with a carbon atom bonded to RC13 . * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC12 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the RC13 is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms, which is formed together with a carbon atom bonded to RC13 .
- the cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group of RC13 may have a substituent (for example, an oxo group).
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C1) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 20 mol% or more.
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C1) is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, and further preferably 80 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 70 mol% or less.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) is represented by the following formula (C2) from the viewpoint of the quality of the pattern shape after exposure and development in the lithography process, especially from the viewpoint of roughness and suppression of pattern collapse.
- the structural unit to be formed is preferable.
- RC21 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- RC22 and RC23 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- RC24 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 were formed together with carbon atoms bonded to two or three of the RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 .
- An alicyclic structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms may be formed. * Is a binding site with an adjacent structural unit.
- RC22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- RC24 is a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the alicyclic structure formed by RC22 , RC23 , and RC24 may contain a plurality of rings such as an adamantyl group.
- the alicyclic structure may have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group).
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 20 mol% or more.
- the amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and further preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the monomer components of the polymer (A). It is preferably 40 mol% or less.
- the raw material for the monomer of the structural unit represented by the formula (C2) is not limited, for example, 2-methyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-ethyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2 -Isopropyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-n-propyl-2- (meth) acrylic loyloxyadamantan, 2-n-butyl-2- (meth) acrylicloyloxyadamantan, 1-methyl-1 -(Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclopentane, 1-Ethyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclopentane, 1-Methyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyloxycyclohexane, 1-Ethyl-1- (Meta) Acrylic Loyl Oxycyclohexane, 1-Methyl-1- (meth) acrylic loyloxycycloheptane, 1-ethyl-1- (
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) has the following formula (C0) from the viewpoint of exposure in the lithography process, quality of the pattern shape after development, sensitization, especially roughness and suppression of pattern collapse. ) Is preferred.
- X is an organic group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of I, F, Cl, Br, or I, F, Cl, and Br, respectively.
- L 1 is independently a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphin group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphorus.
- the L1 ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group is an acid group.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- RA is the same as the definition in equation (1).
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Z is independently an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonate ester group, and the alkoxy group, the ester group, the acetal group, the carboxylalkoxy group, or the carbonate ester group of Z is It may have a substituent and may have a substituent.
- m is an integer of 0 or more
- n is an integer of 1 or more
- r is an integer of 0 or more.
- X may be an aromatic group in which one or more F, Cl, Br or I is introduced into the aromatic group.
- aromatic groups include groups having a benzene ring such as a phenyl group having 1 to 5 halogens and groups having heteroaromatics such as furan, thiophene and pyridine having 1 to 5 halogens.
- a phenyl group having 1 to 5 I a phenyl group having 1 to 5 F, a phenyl group having 1 to 5 Cl, a phenyl group having 1 to 5 Br, and 1 to 5 F.
- Phenolic group having 1 to 4, phenol group having 1 to 4 Br, phenol group having 1 to 4 I, furan group having 1 to 3 F, furan group having 1 to 3 Cl, 1 to 3 Br A furan group having 1 to 3, a furan group having 1 to 3 I, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 F, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 Cl, a thiophenol group having 1 to 3 Br, and 1 to 3 I.
- a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 Br, a benzoxazole group having 1 to 4 I, a benzothiophene group having 1 to 4 F, and a benzo having 1 to 4 Cl. Examples thereof include a thiophene group, a benzothiophenol group having 1 to 4 Br, and a benzothiophenol group having 1 to 4 I.
- X may be an alicyclic group in which one or more F, Cl, Br or I is introduced into the alicyclic group.
- an alicyclic group include an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 halogens, an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 Fs, an adamantyl group having 1 to 3 Cls, and Br 1 to 3 Adamantyl group having 1 to 3, Adamantyl group having 1 to 3 I, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 F, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 Cl, Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3 Br, 1 to 3 of I Cyclopentyl group having 1 to 3, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 F, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 Cl, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 Br, bicycloundecyl group having 1 to 3 I Examples thereof include a decyl group, a norbornyl group having 1 to 3 Fs,
- L 1 is a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a thioether group, an amino group, a thioester group, an acetal group, a phosphine group, a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group, or a phosphate group.
- L 1 is preferably a single bond.
- the ether group, ester group, thioether group, amino group, thioester group, acetal group, phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphate group of L1 has a substituent. Is also good. Examples of such a substituent are as described above.
- M is an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, still more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
- Y is independently a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphin group, and a phosphon group.
- Urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, or phosphoric acid group and the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphine group, phosphon group, urethane group of Y.
- Urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphate group may have a substituent.
- Y is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group or a carboxyl group.
- Carboxyalkoxy groups are even more preferred.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- Y is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Y-1) independently of each other.
- L 2 is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid or base.
- * 1 is a binding site with A
- * 2 is a binding site with R 2 .
- L 2 is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- a carboxylalkoxy group is more preferable.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- Y is a formula for the purpose of controlling the polymerizable property of the resin and setting the degree of polymerization within a desired range. It is preferably a group represented by (Y-1). Since the compound (A) has an X group, it has a large influence on the active species during the polymer formation reaction and it is difficult to control it as desired. Therefore, the hydrophilic group in the compound (A) is represented by the formula (Y-1). By having a group as a protective group, it is possible to suppress variations in polymer formation and polymerization inhibition derived from hydrophilic groups.
- R2 is an aliphatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the group group may further have a substituent.
- R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group.
- the aliphatic group in R2 is preferably a branched or cyclic aliphatic group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, and further preferably 4 or more and 8 or less.
- the aliphatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group and an adamantyl group.
- a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
- it when it is cleaved by the action of an acid or a base, it forms a carboxylic acid group and is insoluble in the dissociated part in the development process. Since the difference in solubility and the difference in dissolution rate between the rows are widened, the resolution is improved, and the residue at the bottom of the pattern in the fine line pattern is particularly suppressed, which is preferable.
- Y include the following. Each is a group independently represented by any of the following equations.
- n is an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, still more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and even more preferably 1. Or 2, it is particularly preferably 1.
- RA is an organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, which may independently have H, I, F, Cl, Br, or a substituent.
- the substituent of the organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include I, F, Cl, Br, and other substituents.
- the other substituent is not particularly limited, but for example, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, an ether group, a thioether group, a phosphine group, and the like.
- Examples thereof include a phosphon group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, an imide group and a phosphoric acid group.
- the alkoxy group, ester group, carbonate ester group, amino group, ether group, thioether group, phosphin group, phosphon group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, imide group, and phosphoric acid group further have a substituent. You may be doing it.
- the substituent here include a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms of the organic group which may have a substituent in RA is preferably 1 to 30.
- the organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is not particularly limited, but is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms and having 4 to 60 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic group which may contain a heteroatom having 6 to 60 carbon atoms.
- the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like.
- Examples thereof include a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-dodecyl group, a barrel group and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclododecyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- an aromatic group that may contain a heteroatom such as a benzodiazole group, a benzotriazole group, and a benzothiadiazole group can also be appropriately selected.
- a combination of these organic groups can be selected.
- the aromatic group that may contain a heteroatom having 6 to 60 carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthalene group, a biphenyl group, an anthracyl group, a pyrenyl group, a benzodiazole group, and a benzotriazole group. , Benzotriazole group.
- the methyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of producing a polymer having stable quality.
- A is an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- A may be a monocyclic organic group, a double ring organic group, or may have a substituent.
- A is an aromatic ring which may preferably have a substituent.
- the carbon number of A is preferably 6 to 14, and more preferably 6 to 10.
- A is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas, more preferably a group represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-2), and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (A-1). ) Is more preferable.
- A may have an alicyclic structure which may have a substituent.
- the "alicyclic structure” is a saturated or unsaturated carbon ring having no aromaticity. Examples of the alicyclic structure include saturated or unsaturated carbon rings having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and saturated or unsaturated carbon rings having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable.
- Examples of the alicyclic structure include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloicocil, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and cyclopentadienyl.
- A may have a heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
- the heterocyclic structure is not particularly limited, and for example, a cyclic nitrogen-containing structure such as pyridine, piperidin, piperidone, benzodiazole, benzotriazole, etc., triazine, cyclic urethane structure, cyclic urea, cyclic amide, cyclic imide, furan, etc.
- Examples thereof include cyclic ethers such as pyrane and dioxolan, alicyclic groups having a lactone structure such as caprolactone, butyrolactone, nonalactone, decalactone, undecalactone, bicycloundecalactone and phthalide.
- cyclic ethers such as pyrane and dioxolan
- alicyclic groups having a lactone structure such as caprolactone, butyrolactone, nonalactone, decalactone, undecalactone, bicycloundecalactone and phthalide.
- Z is an alkoxy group, an ester group, an acetal group, a carboxylalkoxy group, or a carbonic acid ester group, respectively. These groups may have a substituent, and as the substituent, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms which may further have a substituent can be raised.
- r is an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 1 or less, and further preferably 0.
- [* 3 -OR 22- (C O) -OR 2 (R 22 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)]
- the ester group is preferably a tertiary ester group from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
- * 3 is a binding site with A.
- Z is preferably a tertiary ester group, an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, more preferably an acetal group, a carbonate ester group or a carboxylalkoxy group, and an acetal group or a carboxyl group, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
- Carboxyalkoxy groups are even more preferred.
- an ester group, a carboxylalkoxy group and a carbonic acid ester group are preferable.
- the other monomer copolymerized with the compound (A) in the polymer (A) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (C3).
- RC31 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and m, A and * are as defined by the above formula (C0).
- the polymerization reaction is carried out by dissolving the monomer as a constituent unit in a solvent, adding a polymerization initiator, and heating or cooling.
- the reaction conditions can be arbitrarily set depending on the type of the polymerization initiator, the starting method such as heat and light, the temperature, pressure, concentration, solvent, additives and the like.
- the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators such as azoisobutyronitrile and peroxides, and anionic polymerization initiators such as alkyllithium and Grignard reagents.
- the solvent used for the polymerization reaction a commercially available product that is generally available can be used.
- various solvents such as alcohol, ether, hydrocarbon, and halogen-based solvent can be appropriately used as long as the reaction is not inhibited.
- a plurality of solvents may be mixed and used as long as the reaction is not inhibited.
- the polymer (A) obtained by the polymerization reaction can be purified by a known method. Specifically, ultrafiltration, crystallization, microfiltration, pickling, water washing with an electric conductivity of 10 mS / m or less, and extraction can be performed in combination.
- composition or the film-forming composition of the third embodiment contains the compound (A) or the polymer (A), and is particularly suitable for lithography techniques.
- the composition or the film-forming composition can be used for lithography film-forming applications, for example, resist film-forming applications (that is, “resist compositions”).
- the composition or the film-forming composition is used for upper film forming (that is, "upper film forming composition”), intermediate layer forming use (that is, “intermediate layer forming composition”), and lower layer. It can be used for film forming applications (that is, "lower layer film forming composition”) and the like.
- the composition of the third embodiment it is possible to form a film having high sensitivity and to impart a good resist pattern shape.
- the film-forming composition of the third embodiment can also be used as an optical component-forming composition to which a lithography technique is applied.
- Optical components are used in the form of films and sheets, as well as plastic lenses (prism lenses, lenticular lenses, microlenses, frennel lenses, viewing angle control lenses, contrast-enhancing lenses, etc.), retardation films, electromagnetic wave shielding films, and prisms.
- the composition is an embedded film and a flattening film on a photodiode, a flattening film before and after a color filter, a microlens, and a flattening on a microlens, which are members of a solid-state image sensor that are particularly required to have a high refractive index. It can be suitably used as a film and a conformal film.
- the film-forming composition of the third embodiment may contain the compound (A), the composition of the third embodiment, or the polymer (A).
- the film-forming composition of the third embodiment may further contain an acid generator (C), a base generator (G), or an acid diffusion control agent (E) (basic compound).
- the film-forming composition of the third embodiment may further contain other components such as a base material (B) and a solvent (S), if necessary.
- the substrate (B), acid generator (C), base generator (G), acid diffusion control agent (E), and other components that may be contained in the film-forming composition of the third embodiment are , Since it is the same as the second embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted here.
- the method for forming the resist pattern according to the third embodiment is as follows. A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the film-forming composition of the third embodiment, The step of exposing the pattern to the resist film and The step of developing the resist film after the exposure and including.
- the method for forming the insulating film according to the third embodiment may include the method for forming the resist pattern according to the third embodiment. That is, the method for forming the insulating film according to the third embodiment is as follows. A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the film-forming composition of the third embodiment, The step of exposing the pattern to the resist film and The step of developing the resist film after the exposure and May include.
- the film-forming composition of the third embodiment contains, for example, the compound (A), the composition of the third embodiment, or the polymer (A).
- the coating method in the step of forming the resist film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spin coater, a dip coater, and a roller coater.
- the substrate is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silicon wafers, metals, plastics, glass, and ceramics.
- heat treatment may be performed at a temperature of about 50 ° C to 200 ° C.
- the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 50 nm to 1 ⁇ m.
- exposure may be performed via a predetermined mask pattern, or maskless shot exposure may be performed.
- the thickness of the coating film is, for example, about 0.1 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.3 to 2 ⁇ m.
- Light rays of various wavelengths such as ultraviolet rays and X-rays, can be used for exposure.
- an F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), an ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), or a KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm) can be used.
- Far ultraviolet rays such as, extreme ultraviolet rays (wavelength 13n), X-rays, electron beams, etc. are appropriately selected and used. Among these, extreme ultraviolet rays are preferable.
- the exposure conditions such as the exposure amount are appropriately selected according to the composition of the above-mentioned resin and / or compound, the type of each additive, and the like.
- a predetermined resist pattern is formed by developing with an alkaline developer at 10 to 50 ° C. for 10 to 200 seconds, preferably 20 to 25 ° C. for 15 to 90 seconds.
- the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 70% by mass, more preferably less than 50% by mass, and less than 30% by mass. More preferably, it is more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably it contains substantially no water. That is, the content of the organic solvent in the developing solution is not particularly limited, and is preferably 30% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developing solution. It is more preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, further preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
- the amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developing solution.
- a developing method for example, a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), or a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle).
- dip method a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time
- paddle a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time
- a method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate spray method
- a method of continuously spraying the developer on the substrate rotating at a constant speed while scanning the developer dispensing nozzle at a constant speed dynamic discharge method.
- Etc. can be applied.
- the time for developing the pattern is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 seconds to 90 seconds.
- a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting with another solvent.
- the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after development is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern cured by crosslinking is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent or water can be used.
- a rinsing solution it is preferable to use a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent and an ether solvent. .. More preferably, after development, a washing step is performed using a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, and an amide solvent.
- a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing an alcohol-based solvent or an ester-based solvent is performed. Even more preferably, after development, a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol is performed. Particularly preferably, after development, a step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
- the time for rinsing the pattern is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 90 seconds.
- composition of the third embodiment can also be used as an optical component forming composition to which a lithography technique is applied.
- Optical components are used in the form of films and sheets, as well as plastic lenses (prism lenses, lenticular lenses, microlenses, frennel lenses, viewing angle control lenses, contrast-enhancing lenses, etc.), retardation films, electromagnetic wave shielding films, and prisms.
- the composition is an embedded film and a flattening film on a photodiode, a flattening film before and after a color filter, a microlens, and a flattening on a microlens, which are members of a solid-state image sensor that are particularly required to have a high refractive index. It can be suitably used as a film and a conformal film.
- the composition of the third embodiment can be used as a patterning material for lithography applications.
- the lithography process can be used in various applications such as semiconductors, liquid display panels, display panels using OLEDs, power devices, CCDs and other sensors.
- the composition of the third embodiment is used on the upper surface side of an insulating layer such as a silicon oxide film or other oxide film in the step of forming a device element on a silicon wafer.
- a semiconductor element is formed by forming a pattern on the insulating film on the substrate side using etching based on the pattern formed in the above process, and then laminating a metal film or semiconductor material based on the formed insulating film pattern to form a circuit pattern.
- the composition of the third embodiment can be preferably used.
- the compounds, polymers, compositions, film-forming compositions, pattern-forming methods, insulating film-forming methods and compound-producing methods described above in the third embodiment may be applied to extreme ultraviolet applications. ..
- the compound may be used for a composition irradiated with extreme ultraviolet rays (a composition for extreme ultraviolet rays).
- the polymer may be used for extreme ultraviolet composition.
- the composition may be a composition for extreme ultraviolet rays.
- the film-forming composition may be an extreme ultraviolet composition.
- the pattern forming method may include a step of exposing the pattern to a resist film formed on a substrate by using the film forming composition with extreme ultraviolet rays.
- the method for forming the insulating film may include a step of exposing a pattern to a resist film formed on a substrate using the film-forming composition with extreme ultraviolet rays.
- the method for producing the compound may include a method for producing the compound used in the composition irradiated with extreme ultraviolet rays.
- the composition or film-forming composition in which the compound is used in the third embodiment can increase the sensitivity to an exposure light source, and is sufficient even when extreme ultraviolet rays are used as the exposure light source. It exhibits a high sensitivity and can satisfactorily form a fine line pattern with a narrow line width. Therefore, the method for forming the pattern or the method for forming the insulating film exhibits sufficient sensitivity even when the step of exposing the pattern to extreme ultraviolet rays is included, and can satisfactorily form a fine line pattern having a narrow line width. ..
- Example number given to each of the following examples shall be an individual example number for each example group. That is, for example, Example 1 of Example Group 1 is distinguished from Example 1 of Example Group 2.
- Example group 1 The content of organic impurities contained in the compounds prepared in Examples and Comparative Examples is determined by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) from the area fraction of the GC chart and the peak intensity ratio of the target peak to the reference peak. Calculated. ⁇ Example group 1 >> (Example group 1: Example A1)
- a 3 L glass flask was dissolved in a reaction vessel containing 283 g (792 mmol) of triphenylphosphonium methyl bromide, 7 mg of methyl hydroquinone, and 1470 mL of dehydrated THF.
- 148 g (1320 mmol) of potassium tert-butoxide was added in portions to a THF solution in an ice bath while adjusting the temperature to 15 ° C. or lower, and then the mixture was stirred as it was for 30 minutes.
- 147 g (529 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzenecarboaldehyde was added in portions while adjusting the temperature to 25 ° C.
- Example group 1 Example A1-A
- Step 1 Malonic acid addition reaction Using a 200 mL eggplant flask connected to a Dean Stark reflux tube, dimethyl malonate (10.6 g, 10.6 g) was added to 10.8 g (38 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzaldehyde. 80 mmol), piperidine (3.4 g, 40 mmol), acetic acid (2.4 g, 40 mmol), and 40 mL of benzene were mixed and reacted under reflux conditions for 3 hours. The obtained reaction solution was washed with 20 mL of a 5% by mass HCl aqueous solution and then with a 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution. The obtained organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 11.8 g of the reaction product (M1-1).
- Step 2 Hydrolysis reaction Using a 1 L eggplant flask connected to a reflux tube, hydrochloric acid (6N, 131 mL) and acetic acid (131 mL) were added to 38 mmol of the product (M1-1) obtained above. Reflux was performed for 48 hours. Then 6M, 500mL NaOH aq. was then extracted with 250 mL of ethyl acetate to recover the organic phase consisting of ethyl acetate. The obtained organic phase was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate filtered under reduced pressure was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 15.2 g of a cinnamic acid derivative (M1-2).
- Step 3 Decarbonization reaction Using a 1 L eggplant flask, 0.13 g of tetrabutylammonium fluoride trihydrate was added to a solution prepared by dissolving 40 mmol of the cinnamon acid derivative (M1-2) prepared above in 40 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide. A solution prepared by dissolving (0.4 mmol) in 20 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide was slowly added at 10 ° C. and stirred, then heated to 40 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The obtained reaction solution was washed three times with 20 mL of pure water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate obtained after filtration was concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound A1 represented by the formula (M1). 14.4 g was obtained.
- Example group 1 Example A1-B
- Step 1 Synthesis of 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodo-5'-methoxyacetophenone
- a reactor 61.27 g of 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone, 91.38 g of iodine, 1,620 mL of methanol, pure water 180 mL was charged, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and stirring was started. Subsequently, 44.06 g of an iodic acid aqueous solution having a concentration of 71.9 mass percent was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 35 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 2 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol 8.77 g of sodium borohydride and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran were charged in the reactor, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring. Subsequently, a mixed solution consisting of 21.00 g of 4'-hydroxy-3'-methoxyacetophenone, 9.32 g of isopropanol and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise over 3 hours. Subsequently, stirring was continued for 8 hours while the reactor was immersed in the ice bath. Subsequently, 59.47 g of methanol was added to quench the reaction.
- the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 120 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 600 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reaction solution was gradually added to 1,200 g of dilute sulfuric acid having a concentration of 1% by mass with strong stirring and mixed.
- Step 3-1 Synthesis of 1- (4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol
- 1.2000 g of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7630 g of iodine, 17.37 mL of methanol was charged, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring.
- 0.8736 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 3-2 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol
- 1.1881 g of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7472 g of iodine, 15.48 mL of methanol and 1.72 mL of pure water were charged, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring. Subsequently, 0.8687 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 3-3 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol
- 1.2086 g of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7787 g of iodine, 14.00 mL of methanol and 3.50 mL of pure water were charged, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring. Subsequently, 0.8795 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 4 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol
- a mixed solution consisting of 60.00 g of 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodo-5'-methoxyacetophenone, 9.31 g of isopropanol and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise over 3 hours. Subsequently, stirring was continued for 9 hours while the reactor was immersed in the ice bath.
- reaction solution was gradually added to 1,200 g of dilute sulfuric acid having a concentration of 1% by mass with strong stirring and mixed.
- the precipitate was filtered off with a suction filter, squeezed, and washed with 300 mL of a 33.3 volume percent methanol aqueous solution.
- the precipitate was vacuum dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 58.64 g of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol. The yield was 97.2 percent.
- Step 5-1 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- a reactor 120.00 g of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol, 7.94 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 4-hydroxy- 0.30 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical and 1,500 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide were charged, and stirring was started.
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, and air at a flow rate of 9 mL / min was started to be blown into the reaction solution.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 5 hours.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- the reaction solution was gradually added to 3,000 g of a sodium bisulfite aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.1% by mass with vigorous stirring and mixed.
- the precipitate was filtered off with a suction filter, squeezed, and washed with 1,500 mL of a 33.3 volume percent methanol aqueous solution.
- the precipitate was vacuum dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 109.69 g of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene. The yield was 95.8 percent.
- Step 5-2 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- HPLC analysis using a UV detector with a measurement wavelength of 254 nm, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-) in the reaction solution were obtained.
- the ratio of methoxyethyl) phenol to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene was 0.08: 0.01: 98.12.
- Step 5-3 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- HPLC analysis using a UV detector with a measurement wavelength of 254 nm, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-) in the reaction solution were obtained.
- the ratio of methoxyethyl) phenol to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene was 0.06: 0.01: 98.82.
- Step 5-4 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4 2.0045 g of a mixture having a -(1-methoxyethyl) phenol ratio of 74.40: 24.18, 0.3 g of methanesulfonic acid, 0.0020 g of 4-methoxyquinone, and 20 mL of dimethylsulfoxide were charged, and stirring was started. Subsequently, the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours.
- Step 5-5) Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- HPLC analysis using a UV detector with a measurement wavelength of 254 nm, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-) in the reaction solution were obtained.
- the ratio of methoxyethyl) phenol to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene was 0.10: 0.01: 98.43.
- Step 5-6 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2 in a reactor connected to a reflux tube and Dean Stark. -2.045 g of a mixture having an iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-methoxyethyl) phenol ratio of 74.40: 24.18, 0.2895 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6- 0.0020 g of tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical, 20 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide, and 20 mL of toluene were charged, and stirring was started.
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours while removing the solvent component / water distilled off. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- HPLC analysis using a UV detector with a measurement wavelength of 254 nm, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-) in the reaction solution were obtained.
- the ratio of methoxyethyl) phenol to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene was 0.03: 0.01: 99.11.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Step 5-7 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- HPLC analysis using a UV detector with a measurement wavelength of 254 nm, 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol and 2-iodo-6-methoxy-4- (1-) in the reaction solution were obtained.
- the ratio of methoxyethyl) phenol to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene was 0.12: 0.01: 98.51.
- Step 5-8 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene
- Example group 1 Synthesis example 1: Example A1a
- Synthesis of 4-acetoxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene A 100 mL glass flask was used as a reaction vessel, and dimethyl was used as a solvent for 16.7 g (45 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene. After dissolution with sulfoxide, acetic anhydride 2eq. And sulfuric acid 1eq. was added, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C., and stirring was performed for 3 hours. Then, the stirring liquid was cooled, the precipitate was filtered off, washed and dried to obtain 9.0 g of a white solid.
- Example group 1 Example A2
- the 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzenecarbaldehyde of Example A1 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodobenzenecarbaldehyde, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
- 132 g of 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene represented by the formula (M2) was isolated.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- a molecular weight of 290 was confirmed.
- 1 H-NMR measurement was carried out under the above measurement conditions, the following peaks were found, and it was confirmed that the compound A2 had a chemical structure represented by the formula (M2).
- Example group 1 Synthesis example 2: Example A2a
- Synthesis Example 1 4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A1a is changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the rest is the same as that of Synthesis Example 1: Example A1a.
- the reaction was carried out and 9.1 g of a white solid was isolated.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 1 Example A3
- dichloromethane 400 mL of dichloromethane, 41 g of the obtained compound A1, 16.2 g of triethylamine, and 0.7 g of N- (4-pyridyl) dimethylamine (DMAP) were dissolved in a nitrogen flow.
- DMAP N- (4-pyridyl) dimethylamine
- Example group 1 Example A4
- Example A4 In a container having an internal volume of 200 mL equipped with a stirrer, a cooling tube and a burette, 4.61 g (12.4 mmol) of the compound A1 obtained in Example A1 and 2.42 g (12.4 mmol) of ethyl vinyl ether were added to 100 mL of acetone. After charging, 2.5 g of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate was added, and the contents were stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to carry out a reaction to obtain a reaction solution. Next, the reaction solution was concentrated and filtered to separate the solid matter.
- Example group 1 Example A5
- Example A5 In a container having an internal volume of 200 mL equipped with a stirrer, a cooling tube and a burette, 4.61 g (12.4 mmol) of the compound A1 obtained in Example A1 and 2.42 g (12.4 mmol) of tetrahydropyran were added to 100 mL of acetone. After charging, 2.5 g of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate was added, and the contents were stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to carry out a reaction to obtain a reaction solution. Next, the reaction solution was concentrated and filtered to separate the solid matter.
- Example group 1 Example A6 Synthesis of compound A6 represented by formula (M6)
- 61 g (12.4 mmol) and tert-butyl bromoacetate 2.42 g (12.4 mmol) were charged in 100 mL of acetone, and 1.71 g (12.4 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 18-crown-6 (IUPAC name: 1,4) were charged.
- 7, 10, 13, 16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane was added, and the contents were stirred under reflux for 3 hours to carry out a reaction to obtain a reaction solution.
- Example group 1 Example A7 Synthesis of compound A7 represented by formula (M7) Compound A1 obtained in Example A1 in a container having an internal volume of 200 mL equipped with a stirrer, a cooling tube and a burette. 61 g (12.4 mmol) and 2.42 g (12.4 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-adamantyl bromoacetic acid were charged in 100 mL of acetone, and 1.71 g (12.4 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 18-crown-6 (IUPAC name) were charged.
- Example group 1 Example A8 Synthesis of compound A8 represented by formula (M8) Compound A1 obtained in Example A1 in a container having an internal volume of 200 mL equipped with a stirrer, a cooling tube and a burette. 61 g (12.4 mmol) and 1.70 g (12.4 mmol) of t-butyl bromide were charged in 100 mL of acetone, and 1.71 g (12.4 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 18-crown-6 (IUPAC name: 1,4) were charged. 0.4 g of 7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane) was added, and the contents were stirred under reflux for 3 hours to carry out a reaction to obtain a reaction solution.
- Example group 1 Example A9
- the 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A3 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A3.
- 4.6 g of a BOC group substituted product of the compound A2 represented by (M9) (a compound represented by the following formula (M9), hereinafter also referred to as “compound A9”) was obtained.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 1 Example A10
- Example A10 4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A4 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A4.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 1 Example A11
- 4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A5 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A5.
- 3.6 g of the compound represented by (M11), hereinafter also referred to as “compound A11”) was obtained.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- a molecular weight of 374 was confirmed.
- 1 H-NMR measurement was carried out under the above measurement conditions, the following peaks were found, and it was confirmed that the compound had a chemical structure represented by the formula (M10).
- Example group 1 Example A12
- the 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A6 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A6.
- 3.8 g of the compound represented by (M12), hereinafter also referred to as “compound A12”) was obtained.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 1 Example A13
- the 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A7 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A7.
- 4.1 g of the compound represented by (M13), hereinafter also referred to as “compound A13”) was obtained.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- a molecular weight of 496 was confirmed.
- 1 H-NMR measurement was carried out under the above measurement conditions, the following peaks were found, and it was confirmed that the compound had a chemical structure represented by the formula (M12).
- Example group 1 Example A14
- the 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxystyrene of Example A8 was changed to 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxy-5-iodostyrene, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A8.
- 3.5 g of the compound represented by (M14), hereinafter also referred to as “compound A14”) was obtained.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- a molecular weight of 346 was observed.
- 1 H-NMR measurement was carried out under the above measurement conditions, the following peaks were found, and it was confirmed that the compound had a chemical structure represented by the formula (M14).
- Example group 1 Synthesis example AD1a
- Synthesis of compound AD1a represented by formula (AD1a) Compound AD1a represented by formula (AD1a) was synthesized by the method described below.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- the reaction solution was gradually added to 400 g of a sodium bisulfite aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.1% by mass with vigorous stirring and mixed.
- the precipitate was filtered off with a suction filter, squeezed, and washed with 200 mL of a 33.3 volume percent methanol aqueous solution.
- the solvent was distilled off by evaporation and the obtained solid was vacuum dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 7.0 g of a white solid.
- Example group 1 Synthesis example AD2a
- the other compounds were reacted in the same manner as in Synthesis Example AD1a to synthesize the compound AD2a represented by the formula (AD2a).
- Example group 1 Synthesis example AD1b
- Synthesis of compound AD1b represented by formula (AD1b) Compound AD1b represented by formula (AD1b) was synthesized by the method described below.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- the reaction solution was gradually added to 400 g of a sodium bisulfite aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.1% by mass with vigorous stirring and mixed.
- the precipitate was filtered off with a suction filter, squeezed, and washed with 200 mL of a 33.3 volume percent methanol aqueous solution.
- the solvent was distilled off by evaporation and the obtained solid was vacuum dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 2.9 g of a white solid.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 1 Synthesis example AD2b
- the other reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example AD1b, and the compound AD2b represented by the formula (AD2b) was synthesized.
- Example group 1 Comparative example A1
- 4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzenecarbaldehyde is changed to 4-hydroxybenzenecarbaldehyde, and the other compounds are reacted in the same manner as in Example A1 to form the desired compound represented by the formula (MR1).
- 90 g of AR1 (4-hydroxystyrene) was isolated.
- Example group 1 Reference example AX1 Synthesis of compound AX1 represented by the formula (MX1)
- MX1 Reaction vessel
- a 20 mass% iodine chloride aqueous solution 81.2 g, 100 mmol was added dropwise at 50 ° C. over 60 minutes, and then the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol and chloride. It was reacted with iodine.
- the obtained organic phase is further washed with a 2 mol / L sodium carbonate aqueous solution, water, and saline solution in this order by a liquid separation operation, then filtered, and the solvent is distilled off from the organic phase to obtain compound AX1 (4-hydroxy-. 8.1 g of 3,5-diiodostyrene (a compound represented by the following formula (MX1)) was obtained.
- compound AX1 (4-hydroxy-. 8.1 g of 3,5-diiodostyrene (a compound represented by the following formula (MX1)) was obtained.
- the content of inorganic elements and the content of organic impurities were measured by the above-mentioned method, and the results are shown in Table 1.
- Example group 1 Comparative example A2
- 4-Hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxybenzenecarbaldehyde was changed to 3,4-dihydroxybenzenecarbaldehyde, and the other reactions were carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
- 90 g of 3,4-dihydroxystyrene was isolated.
- the stability of the composition containing the compound obtained in the above-mentioned Example or Comparative Example was evaluated using an index of the amount of change in purity before and after the time-dependent test in a solution state of a single compound or a combination of a plurality of compounds. ..
- a solution prepared by mixing the compound of the Example or Comparative Example shown in Tables A and A-2 (the compound shown as the compound a1, the compound a2, or the compound a3) and the solvent was prepared.
- a brown, inactivated 100 mL glass container was filled to 90 mL to prepare a stoppered sample.
- the aging treatment was carried out for 30 days in a light-shielded constant temperature tester at 45 ° C.
- the purity of the prepared sample before and after the treatment over time was measured by HPLC analysis.
- the amount of change in HPLC purity before and after aging was determined by the following and used as an index for evaluation. The obtained results are shown in Table A and Table A-2.
- Amount of change in purity over time Area% of target component before time-Area% of target component after time (Evaluation criteria)
- the compound (A) according to the embodiment contains a small amount of the compound of the formula (1A) or the compound of the formula (1C) to improve the stability of the solution state. ..
- Example group 1 Example B1
- 1.5 g of the ester was dissolved in 45 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 0.20 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added. After refluxing for 12 hours, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of n-heptane. The precipitated polymer was separated by filtration and dried under reduced pressure to obtain a white powdery polymer B1 represented by the following formula (MA1).
- MA1 white powdery polymer B1 represented by the following formula (MA1).
- the polystyrene-based monomer (compound A1) is the carbon at the base of the benzene ring, and the methacrylate-based monomer (2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, ⁇ -butyrolactone methacrylic acid ester, and hydroxyadamantyl methacrylic acid ester) is the carbonyl of the ester bond.
- the molar ratio was calculated based on the respective integral ratios.
- Table 2 shows the types of each monomer in the polymer obtained in Example B1, their ratios, and the composition ratios. Table 2 also shows the types of each monomer in the polymers obtained in the examples described below, their ratios, and composition ratios.
- Example B2 and Comparative Example BR1 Synthesis of Polymer B2 and Polymer BR1 Same as the method described in Example B1 except that 1.5 g of the compound A1 was replaced with the monomer compound of the type and amount shown in Table 2. The synthesis was carried out according to the above method to obtain polymers B2 and BR1 represented by the formula (MA2) and the formula (MAR1). The content of inorganic elements and the content of organic impurities of the polymer were measured by the above-mentioned methods, and the measurement results obtained are shown in Table 3.
- Example group 1 Example B1P
- Example B1P Synthesis of polymer B1P
- Ethyl acetate (PrimePure manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) was used as a solvent to prepare a 10% by mass ethyl acetate solution of compound A1 in which compound A1 was dissolved.
- Immerse the ion exchange resin "AMBERLYST MSPS2-1 / DRY" (product name, manufactured by Organo Corporation) in ethyl acetate (PrimePure, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) for the purpose of removing metal impurities, and remove the solvent after stirring for 1 hour.
- the ion exchange resin was washed by repeating the washing by the above method 10 times.
- the washed ion exchange resin is added to the above-mentioned ethyl acetate solution of compound A1 so as to have the same mass as the resin solid content, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for one day, and then the ion exchange resin is filtered off.
- the washing was repeated 3 times to prepare an ion-exchanged ethyl acetate solution of compound A1. Further, the same treatment was performed for other monomers to prepare an ion-exchanged monomer-containing ethyl acetate solution.
- Polymer B1P (chemical structure is a polymer represented by the formula (MA1)) was obtained.
- the content of inorganic elements and the content of organic impurities after the purification treatment of each monomer compound used for the synthesis of each obtained polymer were measured by the above-mentioned method, and the obtained measurement results are shown in Table 3. show.
- Example group 1 Examples B2P to B7P
- Synthesis of polymers B2P to B7P Polymers B2P to B7P were used in the same manner as in Example B1P except that compounds M2 to M7 and MX1 were used instead of the compounds M1.
- the chemical structure is a polymer represented by the formulas (MA2-MA7) and BX1.
- the content of inorganic elements and the content of organic impurities after the purification treatment of each monomer compound used for the synthesis of each obtained polymer were measured by the above-mentioned method, and the obtained measurement results are shown in Table 3. show.
- MAMA 2-Methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate
- BLMA ⁇ -butyrolactone methacrylic acid ester
- HAMA hydroxyadamantyl Methacrylic acid ester
- DL Below the detection limit ( ⁇ 0.1ppm)
- Example group 1 Examples BD1 to BD30
- Synthesis of polymers PMD1 to PMD30 instead of compound M1, compounds a1, compound a2, and compound a3 shown in Tables 2-2 and 2-3 are used in the ratios shown.
- Polymers BD1 to BD30 (chemical structures are polymers represented by the formulas (PMD1 to PMD30)) were obtained in the same manner as in Example B1P except that they were used.
- the inorganic element content and the organic impurity content of each monomer compound used in the synthesis of each of the obtained polymers were measured by the above-mentioned methods, and the obtained measurement results are shown in Tables 3-2 and 3 Shown in -3.
- EUV extreme ultraviolet
- EUVES-7000 product name, manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation
- the exposure amount was increased from 1 mJ / cm 2 to 80 mJ / cm 2 by 1 mJ / cm 2 without a mask.
- the wafer was baked (PEB) at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds, developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and shot exposure for 80 shots was performed on the wafer. A wafer was obtained.
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the film thickness was measured with an optical interference film thickness meter "VM3200" (product name, manufactured by SCREEN Semiconductor Solutions Co., Ltd.), profile data of the film thickness with respect to the exposure amount was acquired, and the film thickness with respect to the exposure amount was obtained.
- the exposure amount at which the gradient of the film thickness fluctuation amount was the largest was calculated as a sensitivity value (mJ / cm 2 ), and used as an index of the EUV sensitivity of the resist.
- the solution prepared by the above EUV sensitivity evaluation is subjected to forced aging treatment under light-shielding conditions of 40 ° C./240 hours, and the EUV sensitivity evaluation is performed in the same manner for the liquid after the aging treatment, and the evaluation is made according to the amount of change in sensitivity.
- the sensitivity value at which the slope value is maximized is measured as the standard sensitivity in the film thickness-sensitivity curve after development when the horizontal axis is the sensitivity and the vertical axis is the film thickness. did.
- EUV extreme ultraviolet
- EUVES-7000 product name, manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the wafer produced by etching was subjected to defect evaluation with a defect inspection device "Surfscan SP5" (product name, manufactured by KLA), and the number of cone defects of 19 nm or more was determined as an index of etching defects.
- EB pattern 2-TMAH aqueous solution development 8 parts by mass of the compound or polymer obtained in Examples or Comparative Examples, 1 part by mass of triphenylsulfonium nonafluoromethanesulfonate, 1 part by mass of triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 0.2 parts by mass of tributylamine.
- a solution was prepared by blending parts and 92 parts by mass of PGMEA. The solution was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 80 nm.
- the introduction of the compound of the present invention in the second embodiment is particularly excellent in the resolution of the line and space pattern in thin lines.
- EUV sensitivity-organic solvent development A solution containing the compound or polymer obtained in the Example or Comparative Example was prepared by the same method as for EUV sensitivity-TMAH aqueous solution development, coated on a silicon wafer, and baked at 110 ° C. for 60 seconds to a thickness of 100 nm. A photoresist layer was formed. Next, with the extreme ultraviolet (EUV) exposure device "EUVES-7000" (product name, manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation), the exposure amount was increased from 1 mJ / cm 2 to 80 mJ / cm 2 by 1 mJ / cm 2 without a mask. After the shot exposure, the wafer was baked (PEB) at 110 ° C.
- EUV extreme ultraviolet
- the film thickness was measured with an optical interference film thickness meter "VM3200" (product name, manufactured by SCREEN Semiconductor Solutions Co., Ltd.), profile data of the film thickness with respect to the exposure amount was acquired, and the film thickness with respect to the exposure amount was obtained.
- the exposure amount at which the gradient of the film thickness fluctuation amount was the largest was calculated as a sensitivity value (mJ / cm 2 ), and used as an index of the EUV sensitivity of the resist.
- Example or Comparative Example A solution containing the compound or polymer obtained in Example or Comparative Example was prepared by the same method as in EB pattern-TMAH aqueous solution development, applied on a silicon wafer, and baked at 110 to 130 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a film thickness. A 100 nm resist film was formed. Next, it was exposed with an electron beam lithography system "ELS-7500" (product name, manufactured by Elionix Inc., 50 keV), baked (PEB) at 115 ° C. for 90 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and a negative pattern was formed. Obtained. The exposure amount was adjusted so that the half pitch was 50 nm line and space.
- ELS-7500 electron beam lithography system
- Example group 2 Example A1
- a 3 L glass flask was dissolved in a reaction vessel containing 283 g (792 mmol) of triphenylphosphonium methyl bromide, 7 mg of methyl hydroquinone, and 1470 mL of dehydrated THF.
- 148 g (1320 mmol) of potassium tert-butoxide was added in portions to a THF solution in an ice bath while adjusting the temperature to 15 ° C. or lower, and then the mixture was stirred as it was for 30 minutes. Further, while adjusting the temperature to 25 ° C.
- Example group 2 Examples A1-A
- Step 1 Malonic acid addition reaction Using a 200 mL eggplant flask connected to a Dean Stark reflux tube, dimethyl malonate (10.6 g, 80 mmol) and piperidine were used against 9.4 g (38 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3-iodobenzaldehyde. (3.4 g, 40 mmol), acetic acid (2.4 g, 40 mmol) and 40 mL of benzene were mixed and reacted under reflux conditions for 3 hours. The obtained reaction solution was washed with 20 mL of a 5% by mass HCl aqueous solution and then with a 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution. The obtained organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 10.5 g of the reaction product (M1-1).
- Step 2 Hydrolysis reaction Using a 1 L eggplant flask connected to a reflux tube, hydrochloric acid (6N, 131 mL) and acetic acid (131 mL) were added to 38 mmol of the product (M1-1) obtained above. Reflux was performed for 48 hours. Then 6M, 500mL NaOH aq. was then extracted with 250 mL of ethyl acetate to recover the organic phase consisting of ethyl acetate. The obtained organic phase was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate filtered under reduced pressure was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 10.1 g of a cinnamic acid derivative (M1-2).
- Step 3 Decarbonization reaction Using a 1 L eggplant flask, 0.13 g of tetrabutylammonium fluoride trihydrate was added to a solution prepared by dissolving 40 mmol of the cinnamon acid derivative (M1-2) prepared above in 40 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide. A solution prepared by dissolving (0.4 mmol) in 20 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide was slowly added at 10 ° C. and stirred, then heated to 40 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The obtained reaction solution was washed three times with 20 mL of pure water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate obtained after filtration was concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound A1 represented by the formula (M1). 9.2 g was obtained.
- Example group 2 Example A2
- 4-Hydroxy-3-iodobenzenecarbaldehyde is changed to 4-methoxy-3-iodobenzenecarbaldehyde, and the other reactions are carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
- -129 g of iodo-4-methoxystyrene was isolated.
- LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- Example group 2 Examples A1-B
- Step 1 Synthesis of 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodoacetophenone 50.20 g of 4'-hydroxy-acetophenone, 91.38 g of iodine, 1,620 mL of methanol and 180 mL of pure water are charged in the reactor, and the reactor is bathed in an ice bath. Soaked in iodine and started stirring. Subsequently, 44.06 g of an iodic acid aqueous solution having a concentration of 71.9 mass percent was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 35 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 2 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) ethanol 8.77 g of sodium borohydride and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran were charged in the reactor, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring. Subsequently, a mixed solution consisting of 17.20 g of 4'-hydroxyacetophenone, 9.32 g of isopropanol and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise over 3 hours. Subsequently, stirring was continued for 8 hours while the reactor was immersed in the ice bath. Subsequently, 59.47 g of methanol was added to quench the reaction.
- the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 120 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 600 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reaction solution was gradually added to 1,200 g of dilute sulfuric acid having a concentration of 1% by mass with strong stirring and mixed.
- Step 3-1 Synthesis of 1- (4-Hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol 0.9800 g of 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7630 g of iodine and 17.37 mL of methanol are charged in the reactor and reacted.
- the vessel was immersed in an ice bath and stirring was started. Subsequently, 0.8736 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 3-2 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodo-5-methoxyphenyl) ethanol
- 0.9759 g of 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7472 g of iodine, 15.48 mL of methanol , 1.72 mL of pure water was charged, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring.
- 0.8687 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 3-3 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol
- 0.9928 g of 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 1.7787 g of iodine, 14.00 mL of methanol, and pure water 3 .50 mL was charged and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring.
- 0.8795 g of a 70 mass percent iodic acid aqueous solution was added dropwise over 30 minutes.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C., and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours.
- Step 4 Synthesis of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol 8.77 g of sodium borohydride and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran were charged in the reactor, and the reactor was immersed in an ice bath to start stirring. Subsequently, a mixed solution consisting of 53.84 g of 4'-hydroxy-3'-iodoacetophenone, 9.31 g of isopropanol and 180 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise over 3 hours. Subsequently, stirring was continued for 9 hours while the reactor was immersed in the ice bath. Subsequently, 59.47 g of methanol was added to quench the reaction.
- the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 120 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was depressurized to 50 hPa and immersed in a water bath at 20 ° C. to concentrate the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reactor was immersed in an ice bath, and 600 mL of cold methanol was added to dilute the reaction solution. Subsequently, the reaction solution was gradually added to 1,200 g of dilute sulfuric acid having a concentration of 1% by mass with strong stirring and mixed.
- Step 5-1 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene
- a reactor 98.57 g of 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethanol, 7.94 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6- 0.30 g of tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical and 1,500 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide were charged, and stirring was started.
- the reactor was depressurized to 30 hPa, and air at a flow rate of 9 mL / min was started to be blown into the reaction solution.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 90 ° C., and stirring was continued for 5 hours.
- the reactor was immersed in a water bath at 25 ° C. to cool the reaction solution.
- the reaction solution was gradually added to 3,000 g of a sodium bisulfite aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.1% by mass with vigorous stirring and mixed.
- the precipitate was filtered off with a suction filter, squeezed, and washed with 1,500 mL of a 33.3 volume percent methanol aqueous solution.
- the precipitate was vacuum dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 97.76 g of 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene. The yield was 95.7 percent.
- Step 5-2 Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene
- the ratio of 1- (4-hydroxy-3-iodophenyl) ethanol to 2-iodo-4- (1-methoxyethyl) phenol in the reactor is 73.
- Example group 2 Synthesis example 1 Synthesis of 4-acetoxy-3-iodostyrene A 100 mL glass flask was used as a reaction vessel and dissolved in 14.9 g (45 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3-iodostyrene using dimethyl sulfoxide as a solvent. Acetic anhydride 2eq. And sulfuric acid 1eq. was added, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C., and stirring was performed for 3 hours. Then, the stirring liquid was cooled, the precipitate was filtered off, washed and dried to obtain 9.0 g of a white solid.
- Example group 2 Example A3
- DMAP N- (4-pyridyl) dimethylamine
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Description
上述のような問題を改善するレジスト材料としては、チタン、スズ、ハフニウムやジルコニウム等の金属錯体を含有するレジスト組成物が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。
すなわち、本発明は次のとおりである。
下記式(1)で表される化合物。
[2]
RAが、水素原子又はメチル基である、[1]に記載の化合物。
[3]
RBが、炭素数1~4のアルキル基である、[1]又は[2]に記載の化合物。
[4]
Pが、水酸基、エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
[5]
Pが、エステル基、アセタール基又は炭酸エステル基である、[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
[6]
[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物全体に対して、下記式(1A)で表される化合物を1質量ppm以上10質量%以下含有する、組成物。
(式(1A)、式(1A1)、及び式(1A2)中、RA、RX、RB及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、Rsubは、式(1A1)又は式(1A2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
[7]
[1]~[5]のいずれか一項に記載の化合物と、当該化合物全体に対して下記式(1B)で表される化合物を1質量ppm以上10質量%以下含有する、組成物。
(式(1B)、式(1B1)、又は式(1B2)中、RA、RX、RB及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、n2は0以上、4以下の整数であり、Rsub2は、式(1B1)又は式(1B2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
[8]
[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物全体に対して、下記式(1C)で表される化合物を1質量ppm以上10質量%以下含有する、組成物。
[9]
[1]~[5]いずれか1項に記載の化合物を含み、
Kを含む不純物の含有量が、元素換算にて、前記化合物全体に対して1質量ppm以下である、組成物。
[10]
過酸化物の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、[9]に記載の組成物。
[11]
Mn、Al、Si、及びLiからなる群から選ばれる1以上の元素を含む不純物の含有量が、元素換算にて、前記化合物全体に対して1質量ppm以下である、[9]又は[10]に記載の組成物。
[12]
リン含有化合物の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、[9]~[11]のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
[13]
マレイン酸の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、[9]~[12]のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
[14]
[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物由来の構成単位を含む、下記式(1-A)で表される構成単位を含む重合体。
[15]
下記式(C0)、下記式(C1)又は下記式(C2)で表される構成単位をさらに含む、[14]に記載の重合体。
(式(C0)中、
Xは、それぞれ独立して、I、F、Cl、Br、又は、I、F、Cl、及びBrからなる群から選ばれる1以上5以下の置換基を有する炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
L1は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記L1のエーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
Yは、それぞれ独立して、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記Yのアルコキシ基、エステル基、炭酸エステル基、アミノ基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、及びリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
RAは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、
Aは、炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
Zは、それぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基であり、前記Zのアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
mは0以上の整数であり、nは1以上の整数であり、rは0以上の整数である。)
RC11は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC12は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC13は、RC13と結合する炭素原子とが一緒になって形成された、炭素数4~20のシクロアルキル基又はヘテロシクロアルキル基であり、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
また、式(C2)中、
RC21は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC22及びRC23は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC24は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基であり、
RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つは、当該RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つと結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数3~20の脂環構造を形成してもよく、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
[16]
[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物、[6]~[13]のいずれか1項に記載の組成物、又は、[14]又は[15]に記載の重合体を含有する、膜形成用組成物。
[17]
酸発生剤、塩基発生剤又は塩基性化合物をさらに含む、[16]に記載の膜形成用組成物。
[18]
[16]又は[17]の膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へパターンを露光する工程と、
露光後の前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含む、レジストパターンの形成方法。
[19]
[16]又は[17]の膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へパターンを露光する工程と、
露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、を含む、絶縁膜の形成方法。
[20]
a)下記式(1-1)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質に脱水処理を施す脱水工程と、
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[21]
さらに、
c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と;
を含む、[20に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[22]
さらに、
e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含む、[20]に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[23]
さらに、
g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含む、[20]に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[24]
さらに、
i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、を含む、[20]に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[25]
k)下記式(1)で表される一般構造:
を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを準備する工程と;
l)前記ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーにアシル化処理を施すアシル化工程と、
を含む、下記式(2)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[26]
c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性化合物の製造方法。
[27]
e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性化合物の製造方法。
[28]
g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-2)で表されるヨウ素含有ケトン化合物の製造方法。
[29]
i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
とを含む、下記式(1-3)で表されるアルコール化合物の製造方法。
[30]
a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)Wittig反応により前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質のカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成するWittig反応工程と;
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[31]
a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質にマロン酸を付加するマロン酸付加工程と;
c)前記マロン酸を付加した前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に加水分解処理を施してヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質を生成する加水分解工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質に脱炭酸処理を施す脱炭酸工程と;
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
[32]
極端紫外線用途で適用される、[1]~[31]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法。
以下、本発明の第1の実施形態について説明する(以下、「本実施形態」と称する場合がある)。なお、本実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明は本実施形態のみに限定されるものではない。
「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート、ハロアクリレート及びメタクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種を意味する。ハロアクリレートとは、メタクリレートのメチル基の位置にハロゲンが置換されているアクリレートを意味する。(メタ)との表現は有するその他の用語も、(メタ)アクリレートと同様に解釈する。
「(共)重合体」は、単独重合体及び共重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種を意味する。
第1の本実施形態に係る化合物(以下、第1の本実施形態において、「化合物(A)」ともいう。)は、下記式(1)で表される。
(式(1A)、式(1A1)、及び式(1A2)中、RA、RX、RB及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、Rsubは、式(1A1)又は式(1A2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
(式(1B)、式(1B1)、又は式(1B2)中、RA、RX、RB及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、n2は0以上、4以下の整数であり、Rsub2は、式(1B1)又は式(1B2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
本実施形態の重合体(A)は、上述の化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含む。重合体(A)は、化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含むことで、レジスト組成物に配合された際に露光光源に対する感度を高めることができる。とくに、露光光源として、極端紫外線を用いた場合であっても、充分な感度を示し、線幅の狭い細線パターンを良好に形成することができる。
(式(C0)中、
Xは、それぞれ独立して、I、F、Cl、Br、又は、I、F、Cl、及びBrからなる群から選ばれる1以上5以下の置換基を有する炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
L1は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記L1のエーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
Yは、それぞれ独立して、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記Yのアルコキシ基、エステル基、炭酸エステル基、アミノ基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、及びリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
RAは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、
Aは、炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
Zは、それぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基であり、前記Zのアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
mは0以上の整数であり、nは1以上の整数であり、rは0以上の整数である。)
RC11は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC12は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC13は、RC13と結合する炭素原子とが一緒になって形成された、炭素数4~20のシクロアルキル基又はヘテロシクロアルキル基であり、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
また、式(C2)中、
RC21は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC22及びRC23は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC24は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基であり、
RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つは、当該RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つと結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数3~20の脂環構造を形成してもよく、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
本実施形態の膜形成用組成物は、リソグラフィー技術を応用した光学部品形成組成物としても使用できる。光学部品は、フィルム状、シート状で使われるほか、プラスチックレンズ(プリズムレンズ、レンチキュラーレンズ、マイクロレンズ、フレネルレンズ、視野角制御レンズ、コントラスト向上レンズ等)、位相差フィルム、電磁波シールド用フィルム、プリズム、光ファイバー、フレキシブルプリント配線用ソルダーレジスト、メッキレジスト、多層プリント配線板用層間絶縁膜、感光性光導波路、液晶ディスプレイ、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)ディスプレイ、光半導体(LED)素子、固体撮像素子、有機薄膜太陽電池、色素増感太陽電池、及び有機薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)として有用である。前記組成物は、特に高屈折率が求められている固体撮像素子の部材である、フォトダイオード上の埋め込み膜及び平坦化膜、カラーフィルター前後の平坦化膜、マイクロレンズ、マイクロレンズ上の平坦化膜及びコンフォーマル膜として好適に利用できる。
本実施形態のレジストパターンの形成方法は、
本実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含んでもよい。
本実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含んでもよい。
a)下記式(1-1)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質に脱水処理を施す脱水工程と、
を含んでもよい。
c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と;
を含んでもよい。
e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含んでもよい。
g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含んでもよい。
i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、を含んでもよい。
k)下記式(1)で表される一般構造:
を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを準備する工程と;
l)前記ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーにアシル化処理を施すアシル化工程と、
を含んでもよい。
c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
を含んでもよい。
e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含んでもよい。
g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含んでもよい。
i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
とを含んでもよい。
a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)Wittig反応により前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質のカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成するWittig反応工程と;
を含んでもよい。
a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質にマロン酸を付加するマロン酸付加工程と;
c)前記マロン酸を付加した前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に加水分解処理を施してヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質を生成する加水分解工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質に脱炭酸処理を施す脱炭酸工程と;
を含んでもよい。
以下、本発明の第2の実施形態について説明する。第2の実施形態は、第1の実施形態における化合物(A)におけるRXがORBである場合の実施形態である。なお、第2の実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明は第2の実施形態のみに限定されるものではない。
第2の実施形態に係る化合物(以下、「化合物(A)」ともいう。)は、下記式(1)で表される。
また高感度化のため、EUVに対する吸収を高める観点からは、RAは、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましい。
アルキル基は、直鎖状脂肪族炭化水素基、分岐状脂肪族炭化水素基、及び環状脂肪族炭化水素基のいずれの態様でも構わない。
炭素数6~30のアリール基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、フェニル基、ナフタレン基、ビフェニル基、アントラシル基、ピレニル基、ペリレン基等が挙げられる。
炭素数2~30のアルケニル基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、エチニル基、プロペニル基、ブチニル基、ペンチニル基等が挙げられる。
炭素数2~30のアルキニル基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、アセチレン基、エチニル基等が挙げられる。
炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペントキシ等が挙げられる。
Pは、例えば、アルコキシ基[*3-O-R2]、エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-R2又は*3-(C=O)-O-R2]、アセタール基[*3-O-(C(R21)2)-O-R2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。R2とR21とが結合して環状エーテルとなっても良い。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*3-O-R22-(C=O)-O-R2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-O-R2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*3は、Aとの結合部位である。
L2は、酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基である。酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基としては、例えば、エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-*2又は*1-(C=O)-O-*2]、アセタール基[*1-O-(C(R21)2)-O-*2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*1-O-R22-(C=O)-O-*2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-O-*2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の連結基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*1は、ベンゼン環との結合部位、*2は、R2との結合部位である。これらの中でも、L2は、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
また、その他の効果として、第2の実施形態の化合物(A)を共重合体の重合単位として用いる際に、樹脂の重合性を制御し重合度を所望の範囲とする目的で、Pは式(P-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。化合物(A)はヨウ素を有することで重合体形成反応時の活性種に対する影響が大きく所望の制御が困難となるため、化合物(A)における親水性基に式(P-1)で表される基を保護基として有することで、親水基に由来する共重合体形成のバラつきや重合阻害を抑制することができる。
Pとして用いることができるアルコキシ基の具体例としては、例えば以下を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
その結果、特にラインアンドスペースパターンなど、現像液への溶解性に起因する欠陥が課題となるパターンにおけるパターン品質の向上に有効となると考えられる。
(式(1B)、式(1B1)、又は式(1B2)中、RA、RB及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、n2は0~4の整数であり、Rsub2は、式(1B1)又は式(1B2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
このように作製された組成物は、その安定性が高まる傾向にある。その理由は定かではないが、ヨウ素を含有する化合物(A)とヨウ素を含有しない化合物(1C)とでヨウ素原子の平衡反応が起こり安定化するためであると推察する。
この場合、前記組成物は、化合物(1C)として、上述の化合物(A)として例示された化合物からヨウ素原子が脱離した構造の化合物を併用することが好ましい。
またこのように作製された組成物は、その安定性が高まることから、保存安定性を高めることのみならず、安定した性状の樹脂を形成したり、安定した性能のレジスト性能を与えたり、さらにはリソグラフィープロセスにおける現像後の残渣欠陥の低減につながる。
化合物(A)を含む組成物中に、化合物(A)全体に対して、式(1C)で表される化合物を1質量ppm以上10質量%以下の範囲で用いる方法としては、特に制限されないが、化合物(1C)を化合物(A)に加える方法、化合物(A)の製造中に化合物(1C)を副生させる方法等が挙げられる。
式(1)で表される化合物は、種々の公知の合成方法により製造することができる。
a)式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)Wittig反応により前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質のカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成するWittig反応工程と
とを含む。
Wittig反応工程は、Wittig反応によりアルケンを形成する工程であり、限定はしないが、リンイリドを用いてアルデヒド又はケトンを有するカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成する工程である。リンイリドとしては、安定なリンイリドを形成可能な、トリフェニルメチルホスフィンブロマイド、等のトリフェニルアルキルホスフィンブロマイド等を用いることができる。またリンイリドとしてホスホニウム塩を塩基と反応させて反応系内でリンイリドを形成させ、上述の反応に用いることもできる。塩基としては従来公知のものを使用することができ、例えばアルコキシドのアルカリ金属塩などを適宜用いることができる。
第2の実施形態において、式(1)で表される化合物(A)(ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマー)の製造方法は、
a)前記式(1-5)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又はヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質にマロン酸を付加するマロン酸付加工程と;
c)前記マロン酸を付加した前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に加水分解処理を施してヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質を生成する加水分解工程と;
d)前記加水分解処理を施した前記ヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質に脱炭酸処理を施す脱炭酸工程と;
とを含む。
第2の実施形態における加水分解工程は、加水分解によりカルボン酸性基質を形成する工程であり、限定はしないが、酸又は水の作用によりエステルを加水分解する反応である。
第2の実施形態における脱炭酸工程は、カルボン酸性基質から脱炭酸を行なってビニルモノマーを得る工程であり、限定はしないが、100℃以下の低温で行なうことが好ましく、フルオライド系触媒を用いることがより好ましい。
例えば、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等の非プロトン性溶媒に式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pが水酸基である化合物溶解又は懸濁させる。続いて、エチルビニルエーテル等のビニルアルキルエーテル又はジヒドロピランを加え、ピリジニウムp-トルエンスルホナート等の酸触媒の存在下、常圧で、20~60℃ 、6~72時間反応させる。反応液をアルカリ化合物で中和し、蒸留水に加え白色固体を析出させた後、分離した白色固体を蒸留水で洗浄し、乾燥することにより式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pがアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基又は炭酸エステル基の化合物を得ることができる。
また、アセトン、THF、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等の非プロトン性溶媒に式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pが水酸基である化合物を溶解又は懸濁させる。続いて、エチルクロロメチルエーテル等のアルキルハライド又はブロモ酢酸メチルアダマンチル等のハロカルボン酸アルキルエステルを加え、炭酸カリウム等のアルカリ触媒の存在下、常圧で、20~110℃、6~72時間反応させる。反応液を塩酸等の酸で中和し、蒸留水に加え白色固体を析出させた後、分離した白色固体を蒸留水で洗浄し、乾燥することにより式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pがアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基又は炭酸エステル基の化合物を得ることができる。
第2の実施形態で使用されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質は、例えば、下記式(1-1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質であってもよい。
a)式(1-1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質に脱水処理を施す脱水工程と
を含む。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
重合禁止剤の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
重合抑制剤の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-1)を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質の製造で使用されるヨウ素含有ケトン性基質は、例えば、式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質である。
(式(1-2)中、RBは、置換もしくは非置換の炭素数1~30のアルキル基であり、Pは、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、R7~R10は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、メトキシ基、ハロゲン又はシアノ基であり、但し、R7~R10のうち1つは水酸基又はメトキシ基である。)
c)式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含む。
c)式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程とを含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、1~500質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、10~200質量部であることが好ましい。
クエンチ剤の使用量は、使用する還元剤の量に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、還元剤100質量部に対して、1~500質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、50~200質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-2)を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質の製造で使用されるアルコール性基質は、例えば、式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質である。
e)式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含む。
第2の実施形態におけるヨウ素導入工程としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ヨウ素化剤を溶剤中で反応させる方法(例えば特開2012-180326号公報)、アルカリ条件下、βシクロデキストリン存在下、フェノールのアルカリ水溶液中にヨウ素滴下(特開昭63-101342号公報、特開2003-64012号公報)する方法、等を適宜選択することができる。ヨウ素化剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩化ヨウ素、ヨウ素、N-ヨードスクシンイミド等のヨウ素化剤等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、塩化ヨウ素が好ましい。
第2の実施形態では、特に複数のヨウ素を導入する目的の場合には、有機溶剤中での塩化ヨウ素を介したヨウ素化反応を用いることが好ましい。第2の実施形態の化合物(A)の合成方法としては、例えば上記の参考資料に記載の方法を適宜用いることができるが、これに限定されない。
e)式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
f)ヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-3)を有するアルコール性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-2)で表されるヨウ素含有ケトン性基質の製造で使用されるケトン性基質は、例えば、式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質である。
g)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
g)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-4)を有するケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質の製造で使用されるケトン性基質は、例えば、前述式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質である。
i)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含んでもよい。
i)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、1~500質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、10~200質量部であることが好ましい。
クエンチ剤の使用量は、使用する還元剤の量に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、還元剤100質量部に対して、1~500質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、50~200質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-4)を有するケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
第2の実施形態に係るヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法は、式(2)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを製造する方法であってもよく、具体的にはヨウ素含有アルコキシスチレンを製造する方法であってもよい。
第2の実施形態で使用されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーは、例えば、前記式(1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーである。
k)式(1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを準備する工程と;
l)前記ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーにアシル化処理を施すアシル化工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
第2の実施形態の非アミンの塩基触媒はすべて、例えば、EMサイエンス社(EMScience)(ギブスタウン(Gibbstown))又はアルドリッチ社(Aldrich)(ミルウォーキー(Milwaukee))から市販されている。
触媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、1~5000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、50~3000質量部であることが好ましい。
重合禁止剤の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
重合抑制剤の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0.0001~100質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、0.001~10質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1)を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマー、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
前記精製方法によれば、樹脂に不純物として含まれ得る種々の金属の含有量を低減することができる。
より詳細には、前記第2の実施形態における化合物を、水と任意に混和しない有機溶媒に溶解させて溶液(S)を得て、さらにその溶液(S)を酸性水溶液と接触させて抽出処理を行うことができる。これにより、前記溶液(S)に含まれる金属分を水相に移行させたのち、有機相と水相とを分離して金属含有量の低減された樹脂を得ることができる。
また、ここで用いる水は、第2の実施形態の目的に沿って、金属含有量の少ない水、例えば、イオン交換水等であることが好ましい。抽出処理は1回だけでもかまわないが、混合、静置、分離という操作を複数回繰り返して行うのも有効である。また、抽出処理における両者の使用割合や、温度、時間等の条件は特に限定されないが、先の酸性の水溶液との接触処理の場合と同様で構わない。
第2の実施形態に係る物質の精製方法によれば、前記樹脂中の種々の金属分の含有量を効果的に著しく低減することができる。これらの金属成分量は後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。
なお、第2の実施形態における「通液」とは、前記溶液がフィルターの外部から当該フィルターの内部を通過して再度フィルターの外部へと移動することを意味し、例えば、前記溶液を単にフィルターの表面で接触させる態様や、前記溶液を当該表面上で接触させつつイオン交換樹脂の外部で移動させる態様(すなわち、単に接触する態様)は除外される。
第2の実施形態におけるフィルター通液工程において、前記化合物と溶媒とを含む溶液中の金属分の除去に用いられるフィルターは、通常、液体ろ過用として市販されているものを使用することができる。フィルターの濾過精度は特に限定されないが、フィルターの公称孔径は0.2μm以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.2μm未満であり、さらに好ましくは0.1μm以下であり、よりさらに好ましくは0.1μm未満であり、一層好ましくは0.05μm以下である。また、フィルターの公称孔径の下限値は、特に限定されないが、通常、0.005μmである。ここでいう公称孔径とは、フィルターの分離性能を示す名目上の孔径であり、例えば、バブルポイント試験、水銀圧入法試験、標準粒子補足試験など、フィルターの製造元により決められた試験法により決定される孔径である。市販品を用いた場合、製造元のカタログデータに記載の値である。公称孔径を0.2μm以下にすることで、溶液を1回フィルターに通液させた後の金属分の含有量を効果的に低減することができる。第2の実施形態においては、溶液の各金属分の含有量をより低減させるために、フィルター通液工程を2回以上行ってもよい。
ポリオレフィン系フィルターとしては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、日本ポール(株)製のウルチプリーツPEクリーン、イオンクリーン、日本インテグリス(株)製のプロテゴシリーズ、マイクロガードプラスHC10、オプチマイザーD等を挙げることができる。
ポリエステル系フィルターとしては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、セントラルフィルター工業(株)製のジェラフローDFE、日本フィルター(株)製のブリーツタイプPMC等を挙げることができる。
ポリアクリロニトリル系フィルターとしては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、アドバンテック東洋(株)製のウルトラフィルターAIP-0013D、ACP-0013D、ACP-0053D等を挙げることができる。
フッ素樹脂系フィルターとしては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、日本ポール(株)製のエンフロンHTPFR、スリーエム(株)製のライフシュアFAシリーズ等を挙げることができる。
これらのフィルターはそれぞれ単独で用いても2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
イオン交換体を含むフィルターとして、以下に限定されないが、例えば、日本インテグリス(株)製のプロテゴシリーズ、倉敷繊維加工(株)製のクラングラフト等を挙げることができる。
また、ポリアミドポリアミンエピクロロヒドリンカチオン樹脂などの正のゼータ電位を有する物質を含むフィルターとしては(以下、商標)、以下に限定されないが、例えば、スリーエム(株)製ゼータプラス40QSHやゼータプラス020GN、あるいはライフアシュアEFシリーズ等が挙げられる。
第2の実施形態に係る化合物(A)は、そのまま、又は後述の重合体として、膜形成用組成物に添加することで、露光光源に対する感度を高めることができる。化合物(A)又はその重合体は、フォトレジストに用いることが好ましい。
第2の実施形態の組成物は、化合物(A)を含む。第2の実施形態における化合物(A)の含有量は、好ましくは90質量%以上であり、より好ましくは95質量%以上であり、さらに好ましくは99質量%以上である。
当該K、Mn、Al、Si、Li等の量は、無機元素分析(IPC-AES/IPC-MS)にて測定する。無機元素分析装置としては、例えば、アジレント・テクノロジー株式会社製「AG8900」が挙げられる。
リン含有化合物及びマレイン酸の量は、ガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法(GC-MS)により、GCチャートの面積分率、及びターゲットピークとリファレンスピークのピーク強度比から算出する。
過酸化物の含有量は、アンモニウムフェロチオシアネート酸法(以下AFTA法)により、試料中にトリクロロ酢酸を加えたのち、硫酸アンモニウム鉄(II)とチオシアン酸カリウムを加え、標準物質として既知の過酸化物の検量線を求め、波長480μmにおける吸光度を測定して定量する。
第2の実施形態の重合体(A)は、上述の化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含む。重合体(A)は、化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含むことで、レジスト組成物に配合された際に露光光源に対する感度を高めることができる。とくに、露光光源として、極端紫外線を用いた場合であっても、充分な感度を示し、線幅の狭い細線パターンを良好に形成することができる。
RAが、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
また、RBが、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
さらには、Pが、水酸基又は三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。
式(1C)で表される化合物の含有割合を上述の範囲とすることで、樹脂化時の樹脂間の相互作を低減できる。また、該樹脂を用いて成膜したあとの樹脂間の相互作用に起因する結晶性を抑制することで、数ナノから数十ナノの分子レベルでの現像時の現像液への溶解性のローカリティを低減する。その結果、露光、露光後ベーク、及び現像を含む一連のリソグラフィープロセスにおけるパターン形成プロセスで形成したパターンのラインエッジラフネスや残渣欠陥といったパターン品質の低下を抑制し、解像性をより向上させることができる。
これらのリソグラフィー性能に関する効果は、ハロゲン元素、特にヨウ素を導入した母核を有する式(1)で表される化合物及び式(1C)で表される化合物が、ヨウ素等を導入していないヒドロキシスチレン骨格の化合物に対して、親疎水性がシフトし、極性部位における分極が増大することにより、式(1C)で表されるモノマーにおいて、影響が大きくなる。
すなわち、重合体(A)は、式(1-A)で表される構成単位に加えて、下記式(C0)、下記式(C1)又は下記式(C2)で表される構成単位をさらに含むことが好ましい。
RC11は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC12は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC13は、RC13と結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数4~20のシクロアルキル基又はヘテロシクロアルキル基であり、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
RC21は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC22及びRC23は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC24は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基であり、
RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つは、当該RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つと結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数3~20の脂環構造を形成してもよく、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
Xは、それぞれ独立して、I、F、Cl、Br、又は、I、F、Cl、及びBrからなる群から選ばれる1以上5以下の置換基を有する炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
L1は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記L1のエーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
Yは、それぞれ独立して、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記Yのアルコキシ基、エステル基、炭酸エステル基、アミノ基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、及びリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
RAは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、
Aは、炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
Zは、それぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基であり、前記Zのアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
mは0以上の整数であり、nは1以上の整数であり、rは0以上の整数である。)
Yは、例えば、アルコキシ基[*3-O-R2]、エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-R2又は*3-(C=O)-O-R2]、アセタール基[*3-O-(C(R21)2)-O-R2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*3-O-R22-(C=O)-O-R2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-O-R2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*3は、Aとの結合部位である。
これらの中でも、Yは、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
L2は、酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基である。酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基としては、例えば、エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-*2又は*1-(C=O)-O-*2]、アセタール基[*1-O-(C(R21)2)-O-*2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*1-O-R22-(C=O)-O-*2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-O-*2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の連結基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*1は、Aとの結合部位、*2は、R2との結合部位である。これらの中でも、L2は、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
また、その他の効果として、第2の実施形態の化合物(A)を共重合体の重合単位として用いる際に、樹脂の重合性を制御し重合度を所望の範囲とする目的で、Yは式(Y-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。化合物(A)はX基を有することで重合体形成反応時の活性種に対する影響が大きく所望の制御が困難となるため、化合物(A)における親水性基に式(Y-1)で表される基を保護基として有することで、親水基に由来する共重合体形成のバラつきや重合阻害を抑制することができる。
Yとして用いることができるアルコキシ基の具体例としては、例えば以下を上げることができるが、これに限定されない。
炭素数1~60の直鎖状又は分岐状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ドデシル基、バレル基、2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
Aは、下記式のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましく、下記式(A-1)~(A-2)で表される基であることがより好ましく、下記式(A-1)で表される基であることが更に好ましい。
また、Aは、置換基を有していても良いヘテロ環構造であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては特に限定はないが、例えば、ピリジン、ピペリジン、ピペリドン、ベンゾジアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、等の環状含窒構造、トリアジン、環状ウレタン構造、環状ウレア、環状アミド、環状イミド、フラン、ピラン、ジオキソラン、等の環状エーテル、カプロラクトン、ブチロラクトン、ノナラクトン、デカラクトン、ウンデカラクトン、ビシクロウンデカラクトン、フタリド、等のラクトン構造を有する脂環基等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、Zは、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
第2の実施形態の組成物又は膜形成用組成物は、化合物(A)又は重合体(A)を含み、特にリソグラフィー技術に好適な組成物である。特に限定されるものではないが、前記組成物又は前記膜形成用組成物は、リソグラフィー用膜形成用途、例えば、レジスト膜形成用途(即ち、“レジスト組成物”)に用いることができる。さらには、前記組成物又は前記膜形成用組成物は、上層膜形成用途(即ち、“上層膜形成用組成物”)、中間層形成用途(即ち、“中間層形成用組成物”)、下層膜形成用途(即ち、“下層膜形成用組成物”)等に用いることができる。第2の実施形態の組成物によれば、高い感度を有する膜を形成でき、かつ良好なレジストパターン形状を付与することも可能である。
第2の実施形態において「基材(B)」とは、化合物(A)、又は重合体(A)以外の化合物(樹脂を含む)であって、g線、i線、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、極端紫外線(EUV)リソグラフィー(13.5nm)や電子線(EB)用レジストとして適用される基材(例えば、リソグラフィー用基材やレジスト用基材)を意味する。これら基材であれば特に限定されることはなく、第2の実施形態における基材(B)として使用できる。基材(B)としては、例えば、フェノールノボラック樹脂、クレゾールノボラック樹脂、ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ヒドロキシスチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体、シクロオレフィン-マレイン酸無水物共重合体、シクロオレフィン、ビニルエーテル-マレイン酸無水物共重合体、及び、チタン、スズ、ハフニウムやジルコニウム等の金属元素を有する無機レジスト材料、並びに、それらの誘導体が挙げられる。その中でも得られるレジストパターンの形状の観点から、フェノールノボラック樹脂、クレゾールノボラック樹脂、ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ヒドロキシスチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体、及び、チタン、スズ、ハフニウムやジルコニウム等の金属元素を有する無機レジスト材料、並びに、これらの誘導体が好ましい。
第2の実施形態における溶媒は、上述した化合物(A)、又は重合体(A)が少なくとも溶解するものであれば、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。溶媒としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート等のエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルなどのエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート等のプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルなどのプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸n-プロピル、乳酸n-ブチル、乳酸n-アミル等の乳酸エステル類;酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-プロピル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸n-アミル、酢酸n-ヘキシル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル等の脂肪族カルボン酸エステル類;3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチルプロピオン酸ブチル、3-メトキシ-3-メチル酪酸ブチル、アセト酢酸メチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル等の他のエステル類;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;アセトン、2-ブタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロペンタノン(CPN)、シクロヘキサノン(CHN)等のケトン類;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド類;γ-ラクトン等のラクトン類が挙げられる。第2の実施形態で使用される溶媒は、安全溶媒であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、PGMEA、PGME、CHN、CPN、2-ヘプタノン、アニソ-ル、酢酸ブチル及び乳酸エチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種であり、さらに好ましくはPGMEA、PGME、CHN、CPN及び乳酸エチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種である。
第2の実施形態の膜形成用組成物において、放射線照射により直接的又は間接的に酸を発生する酸発生剤(C)を1種以上含むことが好ましい。放射線は、可視光線、紫外線、エキシマレーザー、電子線、極端紫外線(EUV)、X線及びイオンビ-ムからなる群選ばれる少なくも1種である。酸発生剤(C)は、特に限定されないが、例えば、国際公開WO2013/024778号に記載のものを用いることができる。酸発生剤(C)は、単独で又は2種以上を使用することができる。
塩基発生剤(G)が光塩基発生剤である場合について説明する。
光塩基発生剤とは、露光により塩基を発生するものであり、常温常圧の通常の条件下では活性を示さないが、外部刺激として電磁波の照射と加熱が行なわれると、塩基(塩基性物質)を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではない。
発生される塩基性物質は、より塩基性度の高い(共役酸のpKa値が高い)アミノ基を有する化合物が感度及び解像性の観点から好ましい。
光塩基発生剤としては、例えば、特開2009-80452号公報及び国際公開第2009/123122号パンフレットで開示されたような桂皮酸アミド構造を有する塩基発生剤、特開2006-189591号公報及び特開2008-247747号公報で開示されたようなカルバメート構造を有する塩基発生剤、特開2007-249013号公報及び特開2008-003581号公報で開示されたようなオキシム構造、カルバモイルオキシム構造を有する塩基発生剤、特開2010-243773号公報に記載の化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されず、その他にも公知の塩基発生剤の構造を用いることができる。
光塩基発生剤の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の好ましい含有量は、前述の光酸発生剤の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の好ましい含有量と同様である。
第2の実施形態の膜形成用組成物は、塩基性化合物として、酸拡散制御剤(E)を含有していてもよい。酸拡散制御剤(E)は、放射線照射により酸発生剤から生じた酸のレジスト膜中における拡散を制御して、未露光領域での好ましくない化学反応が起きることを阻止する。酸拡散制御剤(E)を使用することによって、第2の実施形態の組成物の貯蔵安定性を向上させることができる傾向にある。また、酸拡散制御剤(E)を使用することによって、第2の実施形態の組成物を用いて形成した膜の解像度を向上させることができるとともに、放射線照射前の引き置き時間と放射線照射後の引き置き時間との変動によるレジストパターンの線幅変化を抑えることができ、プロセス安定性に優れたものとなる傾向にある。酸拡散制御剤(E)としては、特に限定されないが、窒素原子含有塩基性化合物、塩基性スルホニウム化合物、塩基性ヨ-ドニウム化合物等の放射線分解性塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
第2の実施形態の膜形成用組成物には、その他の成分(F)として、必要に応じて、架橋剤、溶解促進剤、溶解制御剤、増感剤、界面活性剤及び有機カルボン酸又はリンのオキソ酸若しくはその誘導体等の各種添加剤を1種又は2種以上添加することができる。
第2の実施形態の膜形成用組成物は、架橋剤を含有していてもよい。架橋剤は、化合物(A)、重合体(A)及び基材(B)の少なくともいずれかを架橋し得る。架橋剤としては、酸発生剤(C)から発生した酸の存在下で、基材(B)を分子内又は分子間架橋し得る酸架橋剤であることが好ましい。このような酸架橋剤としては、例えば基材(B)を架橋し得る1種以上の基(以下、「架橋性基」という。)を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
溶解促進剤は、固形成分の現像液に対する溶解性が低すぎる場合に、その溶解性を高めて、現像時の前記化合物の溶解速度を適度に増大させる作用を有する成分である。溶解促進剤としては、低分子量のものが好ましく、例えば、低分子量のフェノール性化合物を挙げることができる。低分子量のフェノール性化合物としては、例えば、ビスフェノール類、トリス(ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン等を挙げることができる。これらの溶解促進剤は、単独で又は2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
溶解制御剤は、固形成分の現像液に対する溶解性が高すぎる場合に、その溶解性を制御して現像時の溶解速度を適度に減少させる作用を有する成分である。このような溶解制御剤としては、レジスト被膜の焼成、放射線照射、現像等の工程において化学変化しないものが好ましい。
増感剤は、照射された放射線のエネルギーを吸収して、そのエネルギーを酸発生剤(C)に伝達し、それにより酸の生成量を増加する作用を有し、レジストの見掛けの感度を向上させる成分である。このような増感剤としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン類、ビアセチル類、ピレン類、フェノチアジン類、フルオレン類等を挙げることができるが、特に限定はされない。これらの増感剤は、単独で又は2種以上を使用することができる。
界面活性剤は、第2の実施形態の組成物の塗布性やストリエーション、レジストの現像性等を改良する作用を有する成分である。界面活性剤は、アニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤又は両性界面活性剤のいずれでもよい。好ましい界面活性剤としては、ノニオン系界面活性剤が挙げられる。ノニオン系界面活性剤は、第2の実施形態の組成物の製造に用いる溶媒との親和性がよく、第2の実施形態の組成物の効果をより高めることができる。ノニオン系界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類等が挙げられるが、特に限定されない。これら界面活性剤の市販品としては、以下商品名で、エフトップ(ジェムコ社製)、メガファック(大日本インキ化学工業社製)、フロラ-ド(住友スリ-エム社製)、アサヒガ-ド、サ-フロン(以上、旭硝子社製)、ペポ-ル(東邦化学工業社製)、KP(信越化学工業社製)、ポリフロ-(共栄社油脂化学工業社製)等を挙げることができる。
感度劣化防止又はレジストパターン形状、引き置き安定性等の向上の目的で、さらに任意の成分として、有機カルボン酸又はリンのオキソ酸若しくはその誘導体を含有させることができる。なお、有機カルボン酸又はリンのオキソ酸若しくはその誘導体は、酸拡散制御剤と併用することもできるし、単独で用いてもよい。有機カルボン酸としては、例えば、マロン酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、コハク酸、安息香酸、サリチル酸などが好適である。リンのオキソ酸若しくはその誘導体としては、リン酸、リン酸ジ-n-ブチルエステル、リン酸ジフェニルエステルなどのリン酸又はそれらのエステルなどの誘導体、ホスホン酸、ホスホン酸ジメチルエステル、ホスホン酸ジ-n-ブチルエステル、フェニルホスホン酸、ホスホン酸ジフェニルエステル、ホスホン酸ジベンジルエステル等のホスホン酸又はそれらのエステルなどの誘導体、ホスフィン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸などのホスフィン酸及びそれらのエステルなどの誘導体が挙げられる。これらの中でも特にホスホン酸が好ましい。
さらに、第2の実施形態の組成物には、必要に応じて、上述した成分以外の添加剤を1種又は2種以上配合することができる。このような添加剤としては、例えば、染料、顔料、及び接着助剤等が挙げられる。例えば、染料又は顔料を配合すると、露光部の潜像を可視化させて、露光時のハレ-ションの影響を緩和できるので好ましい。また、接着助剤を配合すると、基板との接着性を改善することができるので好ましい。さらに、他の添加剤としては、ハレーション防止剤、保存安定剤、消泡剤、形状改良剤等、具体的には4-ヒドロキシ-4’-メチルカルコン等を挙げることができる。
第2の実施形態のレジストパターンの形成方法は、
第2の実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含む。
第2の実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含んでもよい。
レジスト膜を成膜する工程における塗布方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、スピンコータ、ディップコータ、ローラコータが挙げられる。基板としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、シリコンウェハ、金属、プラスチック、ガラス、セラミックが挙げられる。レジスト膜を形成した後に、50℃~200℃程度の温度で加熱処理を行ってもよい。レジスト膜の膜厚は、特に限定されないが、例えば、50nm~1μmである。
以下、本発明の第3の実施形態について説明する。第3の実施形態は、第1の実施形態における化合物(A)におけるRXが水素原子である場合の実施形態である。第3の実施形態の以下の説明において、第2の実施形態と同様の内容については、説明を簡略化又は省略する場合がある。なお、第3の実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明は第2の実施形態のみに限定されるものではない。
第3の実施形態に係る化合物(以下、「化合物(A)」ともいう。)は、下記式(1)で表される。
また高感度化のため、EUVに対する吸収を高める観点からは、RAは、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましい。
アルキル基は、直鎖状脂肪族炭化水素基、分岐状脂肪族炭化水素基、及び環状脂肪族炭化水素基のいずれの態様でも構わない。
炭素数6~30のアリール基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、フェニル基、ナフタレン基、ビフェニル基、アントラシル基、ピレニル基、ペリレン基等が挙げられる。
炭素数2~30のアルケニル基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、エチニル基、プロペニル基、ブチニル基、ペンチニル基等が挙げられる。
炭素数2~30のアルキニル基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、アセチレン基、エチニル基等が挙げられる。
炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基としては、以下に限定されないが、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペントキシ等が挙げられる。
Pは、例えば、アルコキシ基[*3-O-R2]、エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-R2又は*3-(C=O)-O-R2]、アセタール基[*3-O-(C(R21)2)-O-R2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。R2とR21とが結合して環状エーテルとなっても良い。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*3-O-R22-(C=O)-O-R2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-O-R2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*3は、Aとの結合部位である。
L2は、酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基である。酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基としては、例えば、エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-*2又は*1-(C=O)-O-*2]、アセタール基[*1-O-(C(R21)2)-O-*2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*1-O-R22-(C=O)-O-*2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-O-*2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の連結基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*1は、ベンゼン環との結合部位、*2は、R2との結合部位である。これらの中でも、L2は、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
また、その他の効果として、第3の実施形態の化合物(A)を共重合体の重合単位として用いる際に、樹脂の重合性を制御し重合度を所望の範囲とする目的で、Pは式(P-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。化合物(A)はヨウ素を有することで重合体形成反応時の活性種に対する影響が大きく所望の制御が困難となるため、化合物(A)における親水性基に式(P-1)で表される基を保護基として有することで、親水基に由来する共重合体形成のバラつきや重合阻害を抑制することができる。
Pとして用いることができるアルコキシ基の具体例としては、例えば以下を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
その結果、特にホールパターンなど、開口率が低いパターンにおけるパターン品質の向上に有効となると考えられる。
(式(1B)、式(1B1)、又は式(1B2)中、RA及びPは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、n2は0~4の整数であり、Rsub2は、式(1B1)又は式(1B2)を表し、*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。)
このように作製された組成物は、その安定性が高まる傾向にある。その理由は定かではないが、ヨウ素を含有する化合物(A)とヨウ素を含有しない化合物(1C)とでヨウ素原子の平衡反応が起こり安定化するためであると推察する。
この場合、前記組成物は、化合物(1C)として、上述の化合物(A)として例示された化合物からヨウ素原子が脱離した構造の化合物を併用することが好ましい。
またこのように作製された組成物は、その安定性が高まることから、保存安定性を高めることのみならず、安定した性状の樹脂を形成したり、安定した性能のレジスト性能を与えたり、さらにはリソグラフィープロセスにおける現像後の残渣欠陥の低減につながる。
化合物(A)を含む組成物中に、化合物(A)全体に対して、式(1C)で表される化合物を1質量ppm以上10質量%以下の範囲で用いる方法としては、特に制限されないが、化合物(1C)を化合物(A)に加える方法、化合物(A)の製造中に化合物(1C)を副生させる方法等が挙げられる。
式(1)で表される化合物は、種々の公知の合成方法により製造することができる。
a)式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)Wittig反応により前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質のカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成するWittig反応工程と
とを含む。
Wittig反応工程は、Wittig反応によりアルケンを形成する工程であり、限定はしないが、リンイリドを用いてアルデヒド又はケトンを有するカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成する工程である。リンイリドとしては、安定なリンイリドを形成可能な、トリフェニルメチルホスフィンブロマイド、等のトリフェニルアルキルホスフィンブロマイド等を用いることができる。またリンイリドとしてホスホニウム塩を塩基と反応させて反応系内でリンイリドを形成させ、上述の反応に用いることもできる。塩基としては従来公知のものを使用することができ、例えばアルコキシドのアルカリ金属塩などを適宜用いることができる。
第3の実施形態において、式(1)で表される化合物(A)(ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマー)の製造方法は、
a)前記式(1-5)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又はヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質にマロン酸を付加するマロン酸付加工程と;
c)前記マロン酸を付加した前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に加水分解処理を施してヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質を生成する加水分解工程と;
d)前記加水分解処理を施した前記ヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質に脱炭酸処理を施す脱炭酸工程と;
とを含む。
第3の実施形態における加水分解工程は、加水分解によりカルボン酸性基質を形成する工程であり、限定はしないが、酸又は水の作用によりエステルを加水分解する反応である。
第3の実施形態における脱炭酸工程は、カルボン酸性基質から脱炭酸を行なってビニルモノマーを得る工程であり、限定はしないが、100℃以下の低温で行なうことが好ましく、フルオライド系触媒を用いることがより好ましい。
例えば、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等の非プロトン性溶媒に式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pが水酸基である化合物溶解又は懸濁させる。続いて、エチルビニルエーテル等のビニルアルキルエーテル又はジヒドロピランを加え、ピリジニウムp-トルエンスルホナート等の酸触媒の存在下、常圧で、20~60℃ 、6~72時間反応させる。反応液をアルカリ化合物で中和し、蒸留水に加え白色固体を析出させた後、分離した白色固体を蒸留水で洗浄し、乾燥することにより式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pがアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基又は炭酸エステル基の化合物を得ることができる。
また、アセトン、THF、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等の非プロトン性溶媒に式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pが水酸基である化合物を溶解又は懸濁させる。続いて、エチルクロロメチルエーテル等のアルキルハライド又はブロモ酢酸メチルアダマンチル等のハロカルボン酸アルキルエステルを加え、炭酸カリウム等のアルカリ触媒の存在下、常圧で、20~110℃、6~72時間反応させる。反応液を塩酸等の酸で中和し、蒸留水に加え白色固体を析出させた後、分離した白色固体を蒸留水で洗浄し、乾燥することにより式(1)で表される化合物であって、Pがアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基又は炭酸エステル基の化合物を得ることができる。
第3の実施形態で使用されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質は、例えば、下記式(1-1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質であってもよい。
a)式(1-1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質に脱水処理を施す脱水工程と
を含む。
式(1-1)を有するヨウ素含有アルコール性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質の製造で使用されるヨウ素含有ケトン性基質は、例えば、式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質である。
c)式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含む。
c)式(1-2)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程とを含んでもよい。
式(1-2)を有するヨウ素含有ケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性基質の製造で使用されるアルコール性基質は、例えば、式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質である。
e)式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含む。
第3の実施形態におけるヨウ素導入工程としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ヨウ素化剤を溶剤中で反応させる方法(例えば特開2012-180326号公報)、アルカリ条件下、βシクロデキストリン存在下、フェノールのアルカリ水溶液中にヨウ素滴下(特開昭63-101342号公報、特開2003-64012号公報)する方法、等を適宜選択することができる。ヨウ素化剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩化ヨウ素、ヨウ素、N-ヨードスクシンイミド等のヨウ素化剤等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、塩化ヨウ素が好ましい。
第3の実施形態では、特に複数のヨウ素を導入する目的の場合には、有機溶剤中での塩化ヨウ素を介したヨウ素化反応を用いることが好ましい。第3の実施形態の化合物(A)の合成方法としては、例えば上記の参考資料に記載の方法を適宜用いることができるが、これに限定されない。
e)式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質を準備する工程と;
f)ヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
式(1-3)を有するアルコール性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-2)で表されるヨウ素含有ケトン性基質の製造で使用されるケトン性基質は、例えば、式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質である。
g)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
g)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と
を含んでもよい。
式(1-4)を有するケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
式(1-3)で表される一般構造を有するアルコール性基質の製造で使用されるケトン性基質は、例えば、前述式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質である。
i)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含んでもよい。
i)式(1-4)で表される一般構造を有するケトン性基質を準備する工程と;
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1-4)を有するケトン性基質、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
第3の実施形態に係るヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法は、式(2)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを製造する方法であってもよく、具体的にはヨウ素含有アルコキシスチレンを製造する方法であってもよい。
第3の実施形態で使用されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーは、例えば、前記式(1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーである。
k)式(1)で表される一般構造を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを準備する工程と;
l)前記ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーにアシル化処理を施すアシル化工程と
を含んでもよい。
溶媒の使用量は、使用する基質、触媒及び反応条件等に応じて適宜設定でき、特に限定されないが、一般に、反応原料100質量部に対して、0~10000質量部が適しており、収率の観点から、100~2000質量部であることが好ましい。
式(1)を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマー、触媒及び有機溶媒を反応器に添加して、反応混合物を形成する。いずれかの適切な反応器が使用される。
また反応は、回分式、半回分式、連続式などの公知の方法を適宜選択して行なうことができる。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい温度範囲は0℃から100℃である。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応圧力は減圧~常圧であり、減圧が好ましい。
基質として4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンを使用した反応では、好ましい反応時間範囲は15℃から600℃である。
前記精製方法によれば、樹脂に不純物として含まれ得る種々の金属の含有量を低減することができる。
より詳細には、前記第3の実施形態における化合物を、水と任意に混和しない有機溶媒に溶解させて溶液(S)を得て、さらにその溶液(S)を酸性水溶液と接触させて抽出処理を行うことができる。これにより、前記溶液(S)に含まれる金属分を水相に移行させたのち、有機相と水相とを分離して金属含有量の低減された樹脂を得ることができる。
また、ここで用いる水は、第3の実施形態の目的に沿って、金属含有量の少ない水、例えば、イオン交換水等であることが好ましい。抽出処理は1回だけでもかまわないが、混合、静置、分離という操作を複数回繰り返して行うのも有効である。また、抽出処理における両者の使用割合や、温度、時間等の条件は特に限定されないが、先の酸性の水溶液との接触処理の場合と同様で構わない。
第3の実施形態に係る物質の精製方法によれば、前記樹脂中の種々の金属分の含有量を効果的に著しく低減することができる。これらの金属成分量は後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。
なお、第3の実施形態における「通液」とは、前記溶液がフィルターの外部から当該フィルターの内部を通過して再度フィルターの外部へと移動することを意味し、例えば、前記溶液を単にフィルターの表面で接触させる態様や、前記溶液を当該表面上で接触させつつイオン交換樹脂の外部で移動させる態様(すなわち、単に接触する態様)は除外される。
第3の実施形態におけるフィルター通液工程において、前記化合物と溶媒とを含む溶液中の金属分の除去に用いられるフィルターは、通常、液体ろ過用として市販されているものを使用することができる。フィルターの濾過精度は特に限定されないが、フィルターの公称孔径は0.2μm以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.2μm未満であり、さらに好ましくは0.1μm以下であり、よりさらに好ましくは0.1μm未満であり、一層好ましくは0.05μm以下である。また、フィルターの公称孔径の下限値は、特に限定されないが、通常、0.005μmである。ここでいう公称孔径とは、フィルターの分離性能を示す名目上の孔径であり、例えば、バブルポイント試験、水銀圧入法試験、標準粒子補足試験など、フィルターの製造元により決められた試験法により決定される孔径である。市販品を用いた場合、製造元のカタログデータに記載の値である。公称孔径を0.2μm以下にすることで、溶液を1回フィルターに通液させた後の金属分の含有量を効果的に低減することができる。第3の実施形態においては、溶液の各金属分の含有量をより低減させるために、フィルター通液工程を2回以上行ってもよい。
第3の実施形態に係る化合物(A)は、そのまま、又は後述の重合体として、膜形成用組成物に添加することで、露光光源に対する感度を高めることができる。化合物(A)又はその重合体は、フォトレジストに用いることが好ましい。
第3の実施形態の組成物は、化合物(A)を含む。第3の実施形態における化合物(A)の含有量は、好ましくは90質量%以上であり、より好ましくは95質量%以上であり、さらに好ましくは99質量%以上である。
当該K、Mn、Al、Si、Li等の量は、無機元素分析(IPC-AES/IPC-MS)にて測定する。無機元素分析装置としては、例えば、アジレント・テクノロジー株式会社製「AG8900」が挙げられる。
リン含有化合物及びマレイン酸の量は、ガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法(GC-MS)により、GCチャートの面積分率、及びターゲットピークとリファレンスピークのピーク強度比から算出する。
過酸化物の含有量は、アンモニウムフェロチオシアネート酸法(以下AFTA法)により、試料中にトリクロロ酢酸を加えたのち、硫酸アンモニウム鉄(II)とチオシアン酸カリウムを加え、標準物質として既知の過酸化物の検量線を求め、波長480μmにおける吸光度を測定して定量する。
第3の実施形態の重合体(A)は、上述の化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含む。重合体(A)は、化合物(A)由来の構成単位を含むことで、レジスト組成物に配合された際に露光光源に対する感度を高めることができる。とくに、露光光源として、極端紫外線を用いた場合であっても、充分な感度を示し、線幅の狭い細線パターンを良好に形成することができる。
RAが、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
さらには、Pが、水酸基又は三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。
式(1C)で表される化合物の含有割合を上述の範囲とすることで、樹脂化時の樹脂間の相互作を低減できる。また、該樹脂を用いて成膜したあとの樹脂間の相互作用に起因する結晶性を抑制することで、数ナノから数十ナノの分子レベルでの現像時の現像液への溶解性のローカリティを低減する。その結果、露光、露光後ベーク、及び現像を含む一連のリソグラフィープロセスにおけるパターン形成プロセスで形成したパターンのラインエッジラフネスや残渣欠陥といったパターン品質の低下を抑制し、解像性をより向上させることができる。
これらのリソグラフィー性能に関する効果は、ハロゲン元素、特にヨウ素を導入した母核を有する式(1)で表される化合物及び式(1C)で表される化合物が、ヨウ素等を導入していないヒドロキシスチレン骨格の化合物に対して、親疎水性がシフトし、極性部位における分極が増大することにより、式(1C)で表されるモノマーにおいて、影響が大きくなる。
すなわち、重合体(A)は、式(1-A)で表される構成単位に加えて、下記式(C0)、下記式(C1)又は下記式(C2)で表される構成単位をさらに含むことが好ましい。
RC11は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC12は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC13は、RC13と結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数4~20のシクロアルキル基又はヘテロシクロアルキル基であり、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
RC21は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC22及びRC23は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC24は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基であり、
RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つは、当該RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つと結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数3~20の脂環構造を形成してもよく、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
Xは、それぞれ独立して、I、F、Cl、Br、又は、I、F、Cl、及びBrからなる群から選ばれる1以上5以下の置換基を有する炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
L1は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記L1のエーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
Yは、それぞれ独立して、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記Yのアルコキシ基、エステル基、炭酸エステル基、アミノ基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、及びリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
RAは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、
Aは、炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
Zは、それぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基であり、前記Zのアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
mは0以上の整数であり、nは1以上の整数であり、rは0以上の整数である。)
Yは、例えば、アルコキシ基[*3-O-R2]、エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-R2又は*3-(C=O)-O-R2]、アセタール基[*3-O-(C(R21)2)-O-R2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*3-O-R22-(C=O)-O-R2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*3-O-(C=O)-O-R2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*3は、Aとの結合部位である。
これらの中でも、Yは、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
L2は、酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基である。酸若しくは塩基の作用により開裂する基としては、例えば、エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-*2又は*1-(C=O)-O-*2]、アセタール基[*1-O-(C(R21)2)-O-*2(R21は、それぞれ独立にH、又は、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)]、カルボキシアルコキシ基[*1-O-R22-(C=O)-O-*2(R22は、炭素数1~10の2価の炭化水素基である。)]、及び炭酸エステル基[*1-O-(C=O)-O-*2]からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の連結基が挙げられる。エステル基は高感度化の観点から、三級エステル基が好ましい。なお、式中、*1は、Aとの結合部位、*2は、R2との結合部位である。これらの中でも、L2は、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
また、その他の効果として、第3の実施形態の化合物(A)を共重合体の重合単位として用いる際に、樹脂の重合性を制御し重合度を所望の範囲とする目的で、Yは式(Y-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。化合物(A)はX基を有することで重合体形成反応時の活性種に対する影響が大きく所望の制御が困難となるため、化合物(A)における親水性基に式(Y-1)で表される基を保護基として有することで、親水基に由来する共重合体形成のバラつきや重合阻害を抑制することができる。
炭素数1~60の直鎖状又は分岐状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ドデシル基、バレル基、2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
Aは、下記式のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましく、下記式(A-1)~(A-2)で表される基であることがより好ましく、下記式(A-1)で表される基であることが更に好ましい。
また、Aは、置換基を有していても良いヘテロ環構造であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては特に限定はないが、例えば、ピリジン、ピペリジン、ピペリドン、ベンゾジアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、等の環状含窒構造、トリアジン、環状ウレタン構造、環状ウレア、環状アミド、環状イミド、フラン、ピラン、ジオキソラン、等の環状エーテル、カプロラクトン、ブチロラクトン、ノナラクトン、デカラクトン、ウンデカラクトン、ビシクロウンデカラクトン、フタリド、等のラクトン構造を有する脂環基等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、Zは、高感度の観点からは、三級エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基が好ましく、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がより好ましく、アセタール基、又はカルボキシアルコキシ基がさらに好ましい。またラジカル重合による安定品質のポリマー製造の観点からは、エステル基、カルボキシアルコキシ基及び炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
第3の実施形態の組成物又は膜形成用組成物は、化合物(A)又は重合体(A)を含み、特にリソグラフィー技術に好適な組成物である。特に限定されるものではないが、前記組成物又は前記膜形成用組成物は、リソグラフィー用膜形成用途、例えば、レジスト膜形成用途(即ち、“レジスト組成物”)に用いることができる。さらには、前記組成物又は前記膜形成用組成物は、上層膜形成用途(即ち、“上層膜形成用組成物”)、中間層形成用途(即ち、“中間層形成用組成物”)、下層膜形成用途(即ち、“下層膜形成用組成物”)等に用いることができる。第3の実施形態の組成物によれば、高い感度を有する膜を形成でき、かつ良好なレジストパターン形状を付与することも可能である。
第3の実施形態のレジストパターンの形成方法は、
第3の実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含む。
第3の実施形態の前記膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へのパターンを露光する工程と、
前記露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含んでもよい。
レジスト膜を成膜する工程における塗布方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、スピンコータ、ディップコータ、ローラコータが挙げられる。基板としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、シリコンウェハ、金属、プラスチック、ガラス、セラミックが挙げられる。レジスト膜を形成した後に、50℃~200℃程度の温度で加熱処理を行ってもよい。レジスト膜の膜厚は、特に限定されないが、例えば、50nm~1μmである。
〔核磁気共鳴(NMR)〕
化合物の構造は、核磁気共鳴装置「Advance600II spectrometer」(製品名、Bruker社製)を用いて、以下の条件で、NMR測定を行い、確認した。
〔1H-NMR測定〕
周波数:400MHz
溶媒:CDCl3、又はd6-DMSO
内部標準:TMS
測定温度:23℃
〔13C-NMR測定〕
周波数:500MHz
溶媒:CDCl3、又はd6-DMSO
内部標準:TMS
測定温度:23℃
実施例及び比較例にて作製した化合物に含まれる金属含有量は、無機元素分析(ICP-AES/ICP-MS)装置「AG8900」(製品名、アジレント・テクノロジー株式会社製)を用いて測定した。
実施例及び比較例にて作製した化合物に含まれる有機不純物含有量は、ガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法(GC-MS)により、GCチャートの面積分率、及びターゲットピークとリファレンスピークのピーク強度比から算出した。
≪実施例群1≫
(実施例群1:実施例A1)
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量276が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M1)で表される化合物A1の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):3.8(3H、-CH3)、7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、9.5(1H、-OH)
ディーンスターク還流管を接続した200mLナスフラスコを用い、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシベンズアルデヒド10.8g(38mmol)に対し、マロン酸ジメチル(10.6g、80mmol)、ピペリジン(3.4g、40mmol)、酢酸(2.4g,40mmol)、ベンゼン40mLを混合し、還流条件で3時間反応させた。得られた反応液に対し、5質量%HCl水溶液20mLで洗浄を行った後、5%NaHCO3水溶液で洗浄を行った。得られた有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、減圧濃縮し、反応生成物(M1-1)11.8gを得た。
還流管を接続した1Lナスフラスコを用い、前記で得られた生成物(M1-1)38mmolに対し、塩酸(6N、131mL)、及び酢酸(131mL)を追加し、48時間還流を行った。その後、6M、500mL NaOH aq.を加えた後、酢酸エチル250mLで抽出して酢酸エチルからなる有機相を回収した。得られた有機相に硫酸マグネシウムで脱水処理後に濾過した濾液を減圧濃縮し、桂皮酸誘導体(M1-2)15.2gを得た。
1Lナスフラスコを用い、前記で作製した桂皮酸誘導体(M1-2)40mmolをジメチルスルホキシド40mLに溶解させた溶液に対し、テトラブチルアンモニウムフルオライド3水和物0.13g(0.4mmol)をジメチルスルホキシド20mLに溶解させた溶液を10℃にてゆっくり添加して撹拌した後、40℃に昇温して12時間撹拌を行った。得られた反応液に対し、純水20mLを用いて3回洗浄を行ったのち、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥を行い、濾過後に得られた濾液を減圧濃縮により式(M1)で表される化合物A1を14.4g得た。
反応器に4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノン61.27g、ヨウ素91.38g、メタノール1,620mL、純水180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて71.9質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液44.06gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を35℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液13.37gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水3,600mLに反応器の内容物を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液540mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノン169.54gを得た。収率は97.1パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量292が認められ、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):10.5(1H、OH)、8.3(2H、Ph)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、2.5(3H、-CH3)
反応器に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム8.77g、テトラヒドロフラン180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-メトキシアセトフェノン21.00gとイソプロパノール9.32gとテトラヒドロフラン180mLからなる混合溶液を3時間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸したまま、8時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いてメタノール59.47gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール120mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール600mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて1質量パーセント濃度の希硫酸1,200gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液300mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノール20.3gを得た。収率は95.2パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量168が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(3H、Ph)、5.2(1H、-CH-OH)、4.6(1H、-CH-OH)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノール1.2000g、ヨウ素1.7630g、メタノール17.37mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8736gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.174mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水34.74mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物3.0969gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は50.88:47.15であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量294及び308が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノール、及び、2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(2H、Ph)、5.2(0.5H、-CH-OH)、4.6~4.3(1H、-CH-OH)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、3.0(1.5H、-O-CH3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノール1.1881g、ヨウ素1.7472g、メタノール15.48mL、純水1.72mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8687gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.172mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水34.40mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物3.1023gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は83.16:16.03であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量分子量294及び308が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノール1.2086g、ヨウ素1.7787g、メタノール14.00mL、純水3.50mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8795gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.175mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水35.00mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物3.1655gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は73.88:25.39であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量294及び308が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
反応器に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム8.77g、テトラヒドロフラン180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨード-5’-メトキシアセトフェノン60.00gとイソプロパノール9.31gとテトラヒドロフラン180mLからなる混合溶液を3時間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸したまま、9時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いてメタノール59.47gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール120mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール600mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて1質量パーセント濃度の希硫酸1,200gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液300mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノール58.64gを得た。収率は97.2パーセントであった。液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量294が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(2H、Ph)、5.2(1H、-CH-OH)、4.6(1H、-CH-OH)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノール120.00g、濃硫酸7.94g、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.30g、ジメチルスルホキシド1,500mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、反応液中へ流量9mL/分の空気の吹き込みを開始した。続いて反応器を90℃の水浴に浸し、5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。続いて0.1質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液3,000gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液1,500mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレン109.69gを得た。収率は95.8パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.5(1H、-OH)、7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.08:0.01:98.12であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、パラトルエンスルホン酸0.3g、tert-ブチルカテコール0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.06:0.01:98.82であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、メタンスルホン酸0.3g、4-メトキシキノン0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.05:0.02:98.67であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、Q1300(富士フイルム和光純薬製)0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.10:0.01:98.43であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
還流管とディーンスタークを接続した反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mL、トルエン20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、留去される溶媒成分/水分を除去しながら3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.03:0.01:99.11であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.0020g、N-メチルピロリドン20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.12:0.01:98.51であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が74.40:24.18の混合物2.0045g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.0020g、ジメチルホルムアミド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-6-メトキシ-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの比率は0.11:0.01:99.01であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量372が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
4-アセトキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの合成
100mLのガラス製フラスコを反応容器として使用し、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレン 16.7g(45mmol)に対し、溶媒としてジメチルスルホキシドを用いて溶解した後、無水酢酸2eq.及び硫酸1eq.を加え、80℃に昇温して3時間の撹拌を行なった。その後、撹拌液を冷却し、析出物をろ別、洗浄、乾燥を行い、白色固体9.0gを得た。白色固体のサンプルを液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量414が認められ、4-アセトキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M1a)で表される化合物A1aの4-アセトキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンの化学構造を有することを確認した。 δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.9(2H、Ph)、6.6(1H、-CH2-)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.1(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、2.3(3H、-CH3)
実施例A1の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M2)で表される3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレン132gを単離した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量290が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M2)で表される化合物A2の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.5(1H、-OH)、7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(3H、-CH3)
合成例1:実施例A1aの4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は合成例1:実施例A1aと同様に反応させ、白色固体9.1gを単離した。白色固体のサンプルを液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量332が認められ、4-アセトキシ-3-エトキシ-5-ヨードスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M2a)で表される化合物A2aの4-アセトキシ-3-エトキシ-5-ヨードスチレンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、2.3(3H、-CH3)1.4(3H、-CH3)
2Lフラスコ中にて、ジクロロメタン 400mL、得られた化合物A1 41g、トリエチルアミン 16.2g、N-(4-ピリジル)ジメチルアミン(DMAP) 0.7gを窒素フロー中で溶解させた。二炭酸-ジ-tert-ブチル33.6gをジクロロメタン100mLに溶解させたのち、上述の2Lフラスコに滴下しながら撹拌後、室温にて3時間撹拌した。その後、水100mLを用いた分液操作による水洗を3回実施し、得られた有機相から溶媒を留去し、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィーにてジクロロメタン/ヘキサンにより原点成分を除去し、さらに溶媒を留去することで目的成分となる化合物A1のBOC基置換体(下記式(M3)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A3」ともいう)4.5gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量376が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M3)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とエチルビニルエーテル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム2.5gを加えて、内容物を室温下で24時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A4(下記式(M4)で表される化合物)を3.2g得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量348が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M4)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.6(1H、CH3CH-)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、3.9(2H、CH3CH2-)、1.6(3H、CH3CH-)、1.2(3H、CH3CH2-)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とテトラヒドロピラン2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム2.5gを加えて、内容物を室温下で24時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A4(下記式(M4)で表される化合物)を3.2g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M5)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量360が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.8(1H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン =CH-)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.6~3.7(8H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン -CH2-)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とブロモ酢酸tert-ブチル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A6(下記式(M6)で表される化合物)を3.2g得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量390が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M6)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とブロモ酢酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A7(下記式(M7)で表される化合物)を3.2g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M7)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量482が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、0.8~2.4(17H、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル基のプロトン)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とt-ブチルブロマイド 1.70g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A8(下記式(M8)で表される化合物)を0.5g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M8)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量332が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.8(3H、-CH3)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
実施例A3の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A3と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M9)で表される化合物A2のBOC基置換体(下記式(M9)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A9」ともいう)4.6gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量390が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M9)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(3H、-CH3)、1.3(H、-C-(CH3)3)
実施例A4の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A4と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M10)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A10」ともいう)3.5gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量362が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M10)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.6(1H、CH3CH-)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、3.9(2H、CH3CH2-)、1.6(3H、CH3CH-)、1.4(3H、-CH3)、1.2(3H、CH3CH2-)
実施例A5の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A5と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M11)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A11」ともいう)3.6gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量374が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M10)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.8(1H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン =CH-)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、1.6~3.7(8H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン -CH2-)、1.4(3H、-CH3)
実施例A6の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A6と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M12)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A12」ともいう)3.8gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量404が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M12)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
実施例A7の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A7と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M13)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A13」ともいう)4.1gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量496が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M12)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、0.8~2.4(17H、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル基のプロトン+3H、-CH3)
実施例A8の4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシスチレンを、3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ヨードスチレンに変更し、その他は実施例A8と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M14)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A14」ともいう)3.5gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量346が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M14)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量552が認められ、式(AD1a)で表される化合物AD1aであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、化合物AD1aの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.6(2H、OH)、7.5(2H、Ph)、7.9(2H、Ph)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.9(1H、=CH2)、3.5(1H、-CH-)、1.4(6H、-CH3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを、1-(3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールに変更し、その他は合成例AD1aと同様に反応させ、式(AD2a)で表される化合物AD2aを合成した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量552が認められ、式(AD1b)で表される化合物AD1bであることを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.6(2H、OH)、7.6(2H、Ph)、7.5(2H、Ph)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.9(1H、=CH2)、2.6(2H、-CH2-)、2.3(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(6H、-CH3)
1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)エタノールを、1-(3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールに変更し、その他は合成例AD1bと同様に反応させ、式(AD2b)で表される化合物AD2bを合成した。
4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、4-ヒドロキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(MR1)で表される化合物AR1(4-ヒドロキシスチレン) 90gを単離した。
200mLのガラス製フラスコを反応容器として使用し、4-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコール 4.96g(40mmol)に対し、溶媒としてブタノールを用いて溶解した後、50℃にて20質量%塩化ヨウ素水溶液(81.2g、100mmol)を60分かけて滴下したのち、50℃ 2時間の撹拌を行い、4-ヒドロキシベンジルアルコールと塩化ヨウ素とを反応させた。反応後の反応溶液に対して、チオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液を加えて1時間撹拌したのち、液温を10℃まで冷却した。冷却により析出した沈殿物を濾別、洗浄、乾燥を行い、白色個体12.1gを得た。白色個体のサンプルを液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジヨウドベンジルアルコールを確認した。
4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨード-5-メトキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、3,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(MR2)で表される3,4-ジヒドロキシスチレン90gを単離した。
前述の実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物を含む組成物の安定性について、単体又は複数の化合物を組み合わせた溶液状態での経時試験前後での純度の変化量の指標を使用して評価した。
評価用サンプルとしては、表A及び表A-2に記載の実施例又は比較例の化合物(化合物a1、化合物a2、又は化合物a3として示されている化合物)と溶剤とを混合した溶液を作製し、褐色で不活性化処理をした100mLガラス容器に90mLまで充填し栓をしたサンプルを作製した。経時条件としては、遮光された45℃の恒温試験機にて30日間の経時処理を行った。
作製したサンプルについて、経時処理前後での純度をHPLC分析により測定した。
経時前後のHPLC純度の変化量を以下により求め、評価の指標とした。
得られた結果を表A、及び表A-2に記載した。
純度の経時変化量 = 経時前の目的成分の面積% - 経時後の目的成分の面積%
(評価基準)
A: 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 0.2%
B: 0.2% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 0.5%
C: 0.5% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 1.0%
D: 1.0% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 3.0%
E: 3.0% < 純度の経時変化量
4.7gの化合物A1と、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート3.0gと、γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル2.0gと、ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル1.5gとを45mLのテトラヒドロフランに溶解し、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.20gを加えた。12時間還流した後、反応溶液を2Lのn-ヘプタンに滴下した。析出した重合体を濾別、減圧乾燥を行い、白色な粉体状の下記式(MA1)で表される重合体B1を得た。この重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は12,000、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.90であった。また、13C-NMRを測定した結果、下記式(MA1)中の組成比(モル比)はa:b:c:d=40:30:15:15であった。なお、下記式(MA1)は、各構成単位の比率を示すために簡略的に記載されているが、各構成単位の配列順序はランダムであり、各構成単位がそれぞれ独立したブロックを形成しているブロック共重合体ではない。
合成された重合体に対する無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3に示す。ポリスチレン系モノマー(化合物A1)はベンゼン環の根元の炭素、メタアクリレート系のモノマー(2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル、及び、ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル)はエステル結合のカルボニル炭素について、それぞれの積分比を基準にモル比を求めた。実施例B1で得られた重合体における各モノマーの種類とその比率、並びに組成比を表2に示す。以下に説明する実施例で得られた重合体における各モノマーの種類とその比率、並びに組成比についても同様に表2に示される。
1.5gの化合物A1に代えて表2示す種類及び量のモノマー化合物としたこと以外は、実施例B1に記載の方法と同様の方法により合成を行い、式(MA2)、式(MAR1)で表される重合体B2及びBR1を得た。重合体について無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3に示す。
合成した化合物A1について、重合体の合成前に各原料の精製処理を追加して実施した。溶剤として酢酸エチル(関東化学社製PrimePure)を用い、化合物A1を溶解した10質量%の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。金属不純物の除去の目的でイオン交換樹脂「AMBERLYST MSPS2-1・DRY」(製品名、オルガノ株式会社製)を酢酸エチル(関東化学株式会社製、PrimePure)中に浸漬、1時間撹拌後に溶媒を除去する方法での洗浄を10回繰り返し、イオン交換樹脂の洗浄を行った。上述の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液に対して、洗浄したイオン交換樹脂を樹脂固形分と同質量となるように入れ、室温で一日撹拌した後、イオン交換樹脂を濾別する方法によりイオン交換処理を行う洗浄を3回繰り返し、イオン交換済の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。さらに、その他のモノマーについても同様の処理を行い、イオン交換済のモノマー含有酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。得られたイオン交換処理済のモノマー含有酢酸エチル溶液を用い、またn-ヘプタン、テトラヒドロフランなどの溶剤としては電子グレードの関東化学株式会社製Pruimepureを使用し、さらにフラスコ等の反応容器はすべて硝酸で1日浸漬後に超純水で洗浄した器具を用いて、実施例B1の重合体B1の合成と同様のスキームにより合成した。さらに合成後の後処理において、5nmのナイロンフィルター(Pall社製)、及び15nmのPTFEフィルター(Entegris社製)をこの順番に用いて精製処理を行ったのち、減圧乾燥により白色な粉体状の重合体B1P(化学構造は式(MA1)で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての前記精製処理後の無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3に示す。
化合物M1の代わりに化合物M2~M7およびMX1を用いたこと以外、実施例B1Pと同様の方法により、重合体B2P~B7P(化学構造は式(MA2~MA7)およびBX1で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての前記精製処理後の無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3に示す。
MAMA:2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート
BLMA:γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル
HAMA:ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル
重合体のa、b及びcは、モル比である。
化合物M1の代わりに表2-2、および表2-3に記載の化合物a1、化合物a2、化合物a3を記載の比率で用いたこと以外、実施例B1Pと同様にして、重合体BD1~BD30(化学構造は式(PMD1~PMD30)で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3-2、および表3-3に示す。
上述の実施例及び比較例で得られた重合体の評価は、以下のとおりに行った。結果を表4、表4-2、表4-3、表4-4、表5及び表5-2に示す。
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナート1質量部、トリブチルアミン0.2質量部、PGMEA80質量部、及びPGME12質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で1mJ/cm2から1mJ/cm2ずつ80mJ/cm2まで露光量を増加させたマスクレスでのショット露光をした後、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ウェハ上に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。得られた各ショット露光エリアについて、光干渉膜厚計「VM3200」(製品名、株式会社SCREENセミコンダクターソリューションズ製)により膜厚を測定し、露光量に対する膜厚のプロファイルデータを取得し、露光量に対する膜厚変動量の傾きが一番大きくなる露光量を感度値(mJ/cm2)として算出し、レジストのEUV感度の指標とした。
上述のEUV感度評価で作製した溶液を、遮光条件下40℃/240時間の条件にて強制経時処理を行い、経時処理後の液についてEUV感度評価を同様に行い、感度変化量に応じた評定を実施した。具体的な評価方法としては、EUV感度評価において、横軸を感度、縦軸を膜厚としたときの現像後の膜厚-感度曲線において、傾き値が最大となる感度値を標準感度として測定した。強制経時処理を行う前後の溶液の標準感度をそれぞれ求め、以下の計算式から得られる数値により経時処理による感度ズレの評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
[感度ズレ]=1-([経時後の溶液の標準感度]÷[経時前の溶液の標準感度])
(評価基準)
S: [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.0025
A: 0.0025 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.005
B: 0.005 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.02
C: 0.02 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.05
D: 0.05 < [感度ズレ]
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリブチルアミンを0.1質量部、及びPGMEAを92質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110~130℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、115℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ポジ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチ50nmラインアンドスペースとなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナート1質量部、トリブチルアミン0.2質量部、PGMEA80質量部、及びPGME12質量部を配合し、溶液を調製した。
当該溶液を、100nm膜厚の酸化膜が最表層に形成された8インチのシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で、上述のEUV感度評価にて取得したEUV感度値に対して10%少ない露光量にて、ウェハ全面にショット露光を施し、さらに110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像を行い、ウェハ全面に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。
作製した露光済ウェハに対し、エッチング装置「Telius SCCM」(製品名、東京エレクトロン株式会社製)にて、CF4/Arガスを用いて酸化膜を50nmエッチングするまでエッチング処理を行った。エッチングで作製したウェハについて、欠陥検査装置「Surfscan SP5」(製品名、KLA社製)で欠陥評価を行い、19nm以上のコーン欠陥の数をエッチング欠陥の指標として求めた。
(評価基準)
A: コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < コーン欠陥の数
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を8質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリブチルアミンを0.2質量部、及びPGMEAを92質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、120℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚80nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ポジ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチ30nmラインアンドスペースとなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
(評価基準)
A: 線幅σ ≦ 2nm未満
B: 2nm < 線幅σ ≦ 4nm
C: 4nm < 線幅σ ≦ 7nm
D: 7nm < 線幅σ
EUV感度-TMAH水溶液現像と同様の方法により、実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を含む溶液を調整し、シリコンウェハ上に塗布、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で1mJ/cm2から1mJ/cm2ずつ80mJ/cm2まで露光量を増加させたマスクレスでのショット露光をした後、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、ウェハ上に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。得られた各ショット露光エリアについて、光干渉膜厚計「VM3200」(製品名、株式会社SCREENセミコンダクターソリューションズ製)により膜厚を測定し、露光量に対する膜厚のプロファイルデータを取得し、露光量に対する膜厚変動量の傾きが一番大きくなる露光量を感度値(mJ/cm2)として算出し、レジストのEUV感度の指標とした。
EBパターン-TMAH水溶液現像と同様の方法により、実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体含む溶液を調製し、シリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110~130℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、115℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、ネガ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチ50nmラインアンドスペースとなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
3Lのガラス製フラスコを反応容器に、トリフェニルホスホニウムメチルブロミド283g(792mmol)、メチルハイドロキノン7mg、脱水THF1470mLを入れて溶解させた。カリウムtert-ブトキシド148g(1320mmol)を、15℃以下となるように調整しながら氷浴したTHF溶液中に分割添加したのち、そのまま30分撹拌した。更に25℃以下となるように調整しながら、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒド131g(529mmol)を分割添加した後、そのまま30分撹拌した。そののち、その反応液を3N HCl水溶液4000mLに加えた後、トルエン1L、水2Lの順で更に洗浄を行なった。シリカゲルカラムにより目的物である式(M1)で表される4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレン104gを単離した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量246が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M1)で表される化合物A1の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(3H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.6(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)
(工程1)マロン酸付加反応
ディーンスターク還流管を接続した200mLナスフラスコを用い、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードベンズアルデヒド9.4g(38mmol)に対し、マロン酸ジメチル(10.6g、80mmol)、ピペリジン(3.4g、40mmol)、酢酸(2.4g,40mmol)、ベンゼン40mLを混合し、還流条件で3時間反応させた。得られた反応液に対し、5質量%HCl水溶液20mLで洗浄を行った後、5%NaHCO3水溶液で洗浄を行った。得られた有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、減圧濃縮し、反応生成物(M1-1)10.5gを得た。
還流管を接続した1Lナスフラスコを用い、前記で得られた生成物(M1-1)38mmolに対し、塩酸(6N、131mL)、及び酢酸(131mL)を追加し、48時間還流を行った。その後、6M、500mL NaOH aq.を加えた後、酢酸エチル250mLで抽出して酢酸エチルからなる有機相を回収した。得られた有機相に硫酸マグネシウムで脱水処理後に濾過した濾液を減圧濃縮し、桂皮酸誘導体(M1-2)10.1gを得た。
1Lナスフラスコを用い、前記で作製した桂皮酸誘導体(M1-2)40mmolをジメチルスルホキシド40mLに溶解させた溶液に対し、テトラブチルアンモニウムフルオライド3水和物0.13g(0.4mmol)をジメチルスルホキシド20mLに溶解させた溶液を10℃にてゆっくり添加して撹拌した後、40℃に昇温して12時間撹拌を行った。得られた反応液に対し、純水20mLを用いて3回洗浄を行ったのち、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥を行い、濾過後に得られた濾液を減圧濃縮により式(M1)で表される化合物A1を9.2g得た。
4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、4-メトキシ-3-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(M2)で表される3-ヨード-4-メトキシスチレン129gを単離した。
液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量260が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M2)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):3.7(3H、-CH3)、4.1(2H、-CH2-)、7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.7(1H、=CH2)
(工程1)4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンの合成
反応器に4’-ヒドロキシ-アセトフェノン50.20g、ヨウ素91.38g、メタノール1,620mL、純水180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて71.9質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液44.06gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を35℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液13.37gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水3,600mLに反応器の内容物を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液540mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノン141.1gを得た。収率は90.1パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量262が認められ、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):10.5(1H、OH)、8.3(3H、Ph)、2.5(3H、-CH3)
反応器に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム8.77g、テトラヒドロフラン180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて4’-ヒドロキシアセトフェノン17.20gとイソプロパノール9.32gとテトラヒドロフラン180mLからなる混合溶液を3時間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸したまま、8時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いてメタノール59.47gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール120mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール600mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて1質量パーセント濃度の希硫酸1,200gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液300mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノール16.4gを得た。収率は93.8パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量138が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(4H、Ph)、5.2(1H、-CH-OH)、4.6(1H、-CH-OH)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノール0.9800g、ヨウ素1.7630g、メタノール17.37mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8736gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.174mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水34.74mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物2.7808gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は50.66:47.14であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量264及び278が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノール、及び、2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(3H、Ph)、5.2(0.5H、-CH-OH)、4.6~4.3(1H、-CH-OH)、3.0(1.5H、-O-CH3)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノール0.9759g、ヨウ素1.7472g、メタノール15.48mL、純水1.72mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8687gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.172mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水34.40mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物2.7857gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は83.11:16.00であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー―質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量264及び278が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノール0.9928g、ヨウ素1.7787g、メタノール14.00mL、純水3.50mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて70質量パーセント濃度のヨウ素酸水溶液0.8795gを30分間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、3.5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて35質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液0.175mLを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて純水35.00mLに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液で洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの混合物2.8425gを得た。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率は73.82:25.28であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量264及び278が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールとの混合物であることを確認した。
反応器に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム8.77g、テトラヒドロフラン180mLを仕込み、反応器を氷浴に浸して撹拌を開始した。続いて4’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ヨードアセトフェノン53.84gとイソプロパノール9.31gとテトラヒドロフラン180mLからなる混合溶液を3時間かけて滴下した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸したまま、9時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いてメタノール59.47gを加えて反応をクエンチした。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール120mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて反応器を50hPaに減圧し、20℃の水浴に浸して反応液を濃縮した。続いて反応器を氷浴に浸し、冷メタノール600mLを加えて反応液を希釈した。続いて1質量パーセント濃度の希硫酸1,200gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液300mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノール48.27gを得た。収率は89.1パーセントであった。液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量264が認められ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.4(1H、-OH)、7.7(3H、Ph)、5.2(1H、-CH-OH)、4.6(1H、-CH-OH)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エタノール98.57g、濃硫酸7.94g、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.30g、ジメチルスルホキシド1,500mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、反応液中へ流量9mL/分の空気の吹き込みを開始した。続いて反応器を90℃の水浴に浸し、5時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。続いて0.1質量パーセント濃度の亜硫酸水素ナトリウム水溶液3,000gに反応液を強撹拌しながら徐々に加えて混合した。続いて析出物を吸引ろ過器で濾別、圧搾し、33.3体積パーセント濃度のメタノール水溶液1,500mLで洗浄した。続いて析出物を40℃で真空乾燥し、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレン97.76gを得た。収率は95.7パーセントであった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量246が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.5(1H、-OH)、7.7(3H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)
反応器に1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールの比率が73.82:23.28の混合物1.8000g、濃硫酸0.2895mL、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル0.0020g、ジメチルスルホキシド20mLを仕込み、撹拌を開始した。続いて反応器を30hPaに減圧し、90℃の水浴に浸し、3時間かけて撹拌を継続した。続いて反応器を25℃の水浴に浸し、反応液を冷却した。測定波長254nmのUV検出器を用いたHPLC分析の結果、反応液中の1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードフェニル)エタノールと2-ヨード-4-(1-メトキシエチル)フェノールと4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンの比率は0.08:0.01:98.12であった。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量246が認められ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、同様の化学構造を有することを確認した。
4-アセトキシ-3-ヨードスチレンの合成
100mLのガラス製フラスコを反応容器として使用し、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードスチレン 14.9g(45mmol)に対し、溶媒としてジメチルスルホキシドを用いて溶解した後、無水酢酸2eq.及び硫酸1eq.を加え、80℃に昇温して3時間の撹拌を行なった。その後、撹拌液を冷却し、析出物をろ別、洗浄、乾燥を行い、白色固体9.0gを得た。白色固体のサンプルを液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量414が認められ、4-アセトキシ-3-ヨードスチレンであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、4-アセトキシ-3-ヨードスチレンの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.9(3H、Ph)、6.6(1H、-CH2-)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.1(1H、=CH2)、2.3(3H、-CH3)
2Lフラスコ中にて、ジクロロメタン 400mL、得られた化合物A1 36g、トリエチルアミン 16.2g、N-(4-ピリジル)ジメチルアミン(DMAP) 0.7gを窒素フロー中で溶解させた。二炭酸-ジ-tert-ブチル33.6gをジクロロメタン100mLに溶解させたのち、上述の2Lフラスコに滴下しながら撹拌後、室温にて3時間撹拌した。その後、水100mLを用いた分液操作による水洗を3回実施し、得られた有機相から溶媒を留去し、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィーにてジクロロメタン/ヘキサンにより原点成分を除去し、さらに溶媒を留去することで目的成分となる化合物A1のBOC基置換体(下記式(M3)で表される化合物、以下、「化合物A3」ともいう)4.0gを得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量346が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M3)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 3.05g(12.4mmol)とエチルビニルエーテル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム2.5gを加えて、内容物を室温下で24時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A4(下記式(M4)で表される化合物)を1.9g得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量318が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M4)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(3H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.6(1H、CH3CH-)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、3.9(2H、CH3CH2-)、1.6(3H、CH3CH-)、1.2(3H、CH3CH2-)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 3.05g(12.4mmol)とテトラヒドロピラン2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム2.5gを加えて、内容物を室温下で24時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A4(下記式(M4)で表される化合物)を2.1g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M5)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量318が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.8(1H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン =CH-)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、1.6~3.7(8H、テトラヒドロピラニル基のプロトン -CH2-)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 3.05g(12.4mmol)とブロモ酢酸tert-ブチル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A6(下記式(M6)で表される化合物)を2.0g得た。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量330が認められた。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M6)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(3H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 3.05g(12.4mmol)とブロモ酢酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル2.42g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A7(下記式(M7)で表される化合物)を2.1g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M7)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量452が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、5.0(2H、-CH2-)、0.8~2.4(17H、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル基のプロトン)
攪拌機、冷却管及びビュレットを備えた内容積200mLの容器において、前記実施例A1で得られた化合物A1 4.61g(12.4mmol)とt-ブチルブロマイド 1.70g(12.4mmol)とをアセトン100mLに仕込み、炭酸カリウム1.71g(12.4mmol)及び18-クラウン-6(IUPAC名:1,4,7,10,13,16-ヘキサオキサシクロオクタデカン)0.4gを加えて、内容物を還流下で3時間撹拌して反応を行って反応液を得た。次に反応液を濃縮し、濃縮液に純水100gを加えて反応生成物を析出させ、室温まで冷却した後、濾過を行って固形物を分離した。
得られた固形物を濾過し、乾燥させた後、カラムクロマトによる分離精製を行うことで、化合物A8(下記式(M8)で表される化合物)を0.3g得た。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、式(M8)で表される化合物の化学構造を有することを確認した。
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量302が認められた。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):7.7(2H、Ph)、6.7(1H、-CH=)、5.7(1H、=CH2)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、1.4(9H、-C-(CH3)3)
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量492が認められ、式(AD1a)で表される化合物AD1aであることを確認した。
また前記測定条件で1H-NMR測定を行ったところ、以下のピークが見いだされ、化合物AD1aの化学構造を有することを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.6(2H、OH)、7.5(3H、Ph)、7.9(3H、Ph)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.9(1H、=CH2)、3.5(1H、-CH-)、1.3(3H、-CH3)
液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS)で分析した結果、分子量492が認められ、式(AD1b)で表される化合物AD1bであることを確認した。
δ(ppm)(d6-DMSO):9.6(2H、OH)、7.6(3H、Ph)、7.5(3H、Ph)、5.3(1H、=CH2)、4.9(1H、=CH2)、2.6(2H、-CH2-)、2.3(2H、-CH2-)
4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、4-ヒドロキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(MR1)で表される化合物AR1(4-ヒドロキシスチレン) 90gを単離した。
4-ヒドロキシ-3-ヨードベンゼンカルボアルデヒドを、3,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼンカルボアルデヒドに変更し、その他は実施例A1と同様に反応させ、目的物である式(MR2)で表される化合物AR2(3,4-ジヒドロキシスチレン) 90gを単離した。
前述の実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物を含む組成物の安定性について、単体又は複数の化合物を組み合わせた溶液状態での経時試験前後での純度の変化量の指標を使用して評価した。
評価用サンプルとしては、表Aに記載の実施例又は比較例の化合物(化合物a1、化合物a2、又は化合物a3として示されている化合物)と溶剤とを混合した溶液を作製し、褐色で不活性化処理をした100mLガラス容器に90mLまで充填し栓をしたサンプルを作製した。経時条件としては、遮光された45℃の恒温試験機にて30日間の経時処理を行った。
作製したサンプルについて、経時処理前後での純度をHPLC分析により測定した。
経時前後のHPLC純度の変化量を以下により求め、評価の指標とした。
得られた結果を表Aに記載した。
純度の経時変化量 = 経時前の目的成分の面積% - 経時後の目的成分の面積%
(評価基準)
A: 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 0.2%
B: 0.2% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 0.5%
C: 0.5% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 1.0%
D: 1.0% < 純度の経時変化量 ≦ 3.0%
E: 3.0% < 純度の経時変化量
4.2gの化合物A1と、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート3.0gと、γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル2.0gと、ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル1.5gとを45mLのテトラヒドロフランに溶解し、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.20gを加えた。12時間還流した後、反応溶液を2Lのn-ヘプタンに滴下した。析出した重合体を濾別、減圧乾燥を行い、白色な粉体状の下記式(MA1)で表される重合体B1を得た。この重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は12,000、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.90であった。また、13C-NMRを測定した結果、下記式(MA1)中の組成比(モル比)はa:b:c:d=40:30:15:15であった。なお、下記式(MA1)は、各構成単位の比率を示すために簡略的に記載されているが、各構成単位の配列順序はランダムであり、各構成単位がそれぞれ独立したブロックを形成しているブロック共重合体ではない。
合成された重合体に対する無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3Aに示す。ポリスチレン系モノマー(化合物A1)はベンゼン環の根元の炭素、メタアクリレート系のモノマー(2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル、及び、ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル)はエステル結合のカルボニル炭素について、それぞれの積分比を基準にモル比を求めた。実施例B1で得られた重合体における各モノマーの種類とその比率、並びに組成比を表2A及び表2-1Aに示す。以下に説明する実施例で得られた重合体における各モノマーの種類とその比率、並びに組成比についても同様に表2Aに示される。
1.5gの化合物A1に代えて、表2A示す種類及び量のモノマー化合物としたこと以外は、実施例B1に記載の方法と同様の方法により合成を行い、式(MA2)、式(MAR1)、式(MAR3)で表される重合体B2、及びBR1を得た。重合体について無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3Aに示す。
合成した化合物A1について、重合体の合成前に各原料の精製処理を追加して実施した。溶剤として酢酸エチル(関東化学社製PrimePure)を用い、化合物A1を溶解した10質量%の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。金属不純物の除去の目的でイオン交換樹脂「AMBERLYST MSPS2-1・DRY」(製品名、オルガノ株式会社製)を酢酸エチル(関東化学株式会社製、PrimePure)中に浸漬、1時間撹拌後に溶媒を除去する方法での洗浄を10回繰り返し、イオン交換樹脂の洗浄を行った。上述の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液に対して、洗浄したイオン交換樹脂を樹脂固形分と同質量となるように入れ、室温で一日撹拌した後、イオン交換樹脂を濾別する方法によりイオン交換処理を行う洗浄を3回繰り返し、イオン交換済の化合物A1の酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。さらに、その他のモノマーについても同様の処理を行い、イオン交換済のモノマー含有酢酸エチル溶液を作製した。得られたイオン交換処理済のモノマー含有酢酸エチル溶液を用い、またn-ヘプタン、テトラヒドロフランなどの溶剤としては電子グレードの関東化学株式会社製Pruimepureを使用し、さらにフラスコ等の反応容器はすべて硝酸で1日浸漬後に超純水で洗浄した器具を用いて、実施例B1の重合体B1の合成と同様のスキームにより合成した。さらに合成後の後処理において、5nmのナイロンフィルター(Pall社製)、及び15nmのPTFEフィルター(Entegris社製)をこの順番に用いて精製処理を行ったのち、減圧乾燥により白色な粉体状の重合体B1P(化学構造は式(MA1)で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての前記精製処理後の無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3Aに示す。
化合物M1の代わりに化合物M2~M8を用いたこと以外、実施例B1Pと同様の方法により、重合体B2P~B8P(化学構造は式(MA2~MA8)で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての前記精製処理後の無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3Aに示す。
MAMA:2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート
BLMA:γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリル酸エステル
HAMA:ヒドロキシアダマンチルメタクリル酸エステル
重合体のa、b及びcは、モル比である。
DL:検出限界以下(<0.1ppm)
化合物M1の代わりに表2-2Aに記載の化合物a1、化合物a2、化合物a3を記載の比率で用いたこと以外、実施例B1Pと同様にして、重合体BD1~BD15(化学構造は式(PMD1~PMD15)で表される重合体である。)を得た。得られた各重合体の合成に使用された各モノマー化合物についての無機元素含有量、及び有機不純物含有量を上述の方法にて測定し、得られた測定結果を表3-2Aに示す。
上述の実施例及び比較例で得られた重合体B1~B8P、BR1の評価は、以下のとおりに行った。結果を表4A、表4-2A、表4-2A、表5A及び表5-2Aに示す。
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナート1質量部、トリブチルアミン0.2質量部、PGMEA80質量部、及びPGME12質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で1mJ/cm2から1mJ/cm2ずつ80mJ/cm2まで露光量を増加させたマスクレスでのショット露光をした後、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ウェハ上に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。得られた各ショット露光エリアについて、光干渉膜厚計「VM3200」(製品名、株式会社SCREENセミコンダクターソリューションズ製)により膜厚を測定し、露光量に対する膜厚のプロファイルデータを取得し、露光量に対する膜厚変動量の傾きが一番大きくなる露光量を感度値(mJ/cm2)として算出し、レジストのEUV感度の指標とした。
上述のEUV感度評価で作製した溶液を、遮光条件下40℃/240時間の条件にて強制経時処理を行い、経時処理後の液についてEUV感度評価を同様に行い、感度変化量に応じた評定を実施した。具体的な評価方法としては、EUV感度評価において、横軸を感度、縦軸を膜厚としたときの現像後の膜厚-感度曲線において、傾き値が最大となる感度値を標準感度として測定した。強制経時処理を行う前後の溶液の標準感度をそれぞれ求め、以下の計算式から得られる数値により経時処理による感度ズレの評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
[感度ズレ]=1-([経時後の溶液の標準感度]÷[経時前の溶液の標準感度])
(評価基準)
S: [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.0025
A: 0.0025 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.005
B: 0.005 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.02
C: 0.02 < [感度ズレ] ≦ 0.05
D: 0.05 < [感度ズレ]
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリブチルアミンを0.1質量部、及びPGMEAを92質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110~130℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、115℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ポジ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチ50nmラインアンドスペースとなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を5質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナート1質量部、トリブチルアミン0.2質量部、PGMEA80質量部、及びPGME12質量部を配合し、溶液を調製した。
当該溶液を、100nm膜厚の酸化膜が最表層に形成された8インチのシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で、上述のEUV感度評価にて取得したEUV感度値に対して10%少ない露光量にて、ウェハ全面にショット露光を施し、さらに110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像を行い、ウェハ全面に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。
作製した露光済ウェハに対し、エッチング装置「Telius SCCM」(製品名、東京エレクトロン株式会社製)にて、CF4/Arガスを用いて酸化膜を50nmエッチングするまでエッチング処理を行った。エッチングで作製したウェハについて、欠陥検査装置「Surfscan SP5」(製品名、KLA社製)で欠陥評価を行い、19nm以上のコーン欠陥の数をエッチング欠陥の指標として求めた。
(評価基準)
A: コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < コーン欠陥の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < コーン欠陥の数
実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を8質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムノナフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリフェニルスルホニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナートを1質量部、トリブチルアミンを0.2質量部、及びPGMEAを92質量部を配合し溶液を調製した。
当該溶液をシリコンウェハ上に塗布し、120℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚80nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液で60秒間現像し、ポジ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチピッチがX座標50nm、Y座標50nmの配列の直径30nmのホールパターンなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
(評価基準)
A: 線幅σ ≦ 2nm未満
B: 2nm < 線幅σ ≦ 4nm
C: 4nm < 線幅σ ≦ 7nm
D: 7nm < 線幅σ
EUV感度-TMAH水溶液現像と同様の方法により、実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体を含む溶液を調整し、シリコンウェハ上に塗布、110℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
次いで、極端紫外線(EUV)露光装置「EUVES-7000」(製品名、リソテックジャパン株式会社製)で1mJ/cm2から1mJ/cm2ずつ80mJ/cm2まで露光量を増加させたマスクレスでのショット露光をした後、110℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、ウェハ上に80ショット分のショット露光を行ったウェハを得た。得られた各ショット露光エリアについて、光干渉膜厚計「VM3200」(製品名、株式会社SCREENセミコンダクターソリューションズ製)により膜厚を測定し、露光量に対する膜厚のプロファイルデータを取得し、露光量に対する膜厚変動量の傾きが一番大きくなる露光量を感度値(mJ/cm2)として算出し、レジストのEUV感度の指標とした。
EBパターン-TMAH水溶液現像と同様の方法により、実施例又は比較例で得られた化合物又は重合体含む溶液を調製し、シリコンウェハ上に塗布し、110~130℃で60秒間ベークして膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
次いで、電子線描画装置「ELS-7500」(製品名、株式会社エリオニクス製、50keV)で露光し、115℃で90秒間ベーク(PEB)し、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、ネガ型のパターンを得た。なお、ハーフピッチ50nmラインアンドスペースとなるように露光量を調整した。
得られたレジストパターンについて100000倍の倍率で、走査型電子顕微鏡「S-4800」(製品名、株式会社日立製作所製)でパターン画像を80枚取得し、レジストパターン間のスペース部の残渣の数をカウントして、残渣の総量から評価を行った。評価基準は、以下のとおりである。
(評価基準)
A: 残渣の数 ≦ 10個未満
B: 10個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 80個
C: 80個 < 残渣の数 ≦ 400個
D: 400個 < 残渣の数
Claims (32)
- RAが、水素原子又はメチル基である、請求項1に記載の化合物。
- RBが、炭素数1~4のアルキル基である、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の化合物。
- Pが、水酸基、エステル基、アセタール基、炭酸エステル基又はカルボキシアルコキシ基である、請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
- Pが、エステル基、アセタール基又は炭酸エステル基である、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
- 請求項1~請求項5いずれか1項に記載の化合物を含み、
Kを含む不純物の含有量が、元素換算にて、前記化合物全体に対して1質量ppm以下である、組成物。 - 過酸化物の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、請求項9に記載の組成物。
- Mn、Al、Si、及びLiからなる群から選ばれる1以上の元素を含む不純物の含有量が、元素換算にて、前記化合物全体に対して1質量ppm以下である、請求項9又は請求項10に記載の組成物。
- リン含有化合物の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、請求項9~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
- マレイン酸の含有量が前記化合物全体に対して10質量ppm以下である、請求項9~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
- 下記式(C0)、下記式(C1)又は下記式(C2)で表される構成単位をさらに含む、請求項14に記載の重合体。
(式(C0)中、
Xは、それぞれ独立して、I、F、Cl、Br、又は、I、F、Cl、及びBrからなる群から選ばれる1以上5以下の置換基を有する炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
L1は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記L1のエーテル基、エステル基、チオエーテル基、アミノ基、チオエステル基、アセタール基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
Yは、それぞれ独立して、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、炭酸エステル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、チオール基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、又はリン酸基であり、前記Yのアルコキシ基、エステル基、炭酸エステル基、アミノ基、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、ホスフィン基、ホスフォン基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、イミド基、及びリン酸基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
RAは、式(1)における定義と同じであり、
Aは、炭素数1~30の有機基であり、
Zは、それぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基であり、前記Zのアルコキシ基、エステル基、アセタール基、カルボキシアルコキシ基、又は炭酸エステル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、
mは0以上の整数であり、nは1以上の整数であり、rは0以上の整数である。)
RC11は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC12は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC13は、RC13と結合する炭素原子とが一緒になって形成された、炭素数4~20のシクロアルキル基又はヘテロシクロアルキル基であり、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。
また、式(C2)中、
RC21は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、
RC22及びRC23は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、
RC24は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基であり、
RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つは、当該RC22、RC23、及びRC24のうちの2つ又は3つと結合する炭素原子と一緒になって形成された、炭素数3~20の脂環構造を形成してもよく、
*は、隣接する構成単位との結合部位である。) - 請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の化合物、請求項6~13のいずれか1項に記載の組成物、又は、請求項14又は15に記載の重合体を含有する、膜形成用組成物。
- 酸発生剤、塩基発生剤又は塩基性化合物をさらに含む、請求項16に記載の膜形成用組成物。
- 請求項16又は請求項17の膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へパターンを露光する工程と、
露光後の前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、
を含む、レジストパターンの形成方法。 - 請求項16又は請求項17の膜形成用組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を成膜する工程と、
前記レジスト膜へパターンを露光する工程と、
露光後前記レジスト膜を現像処理する工程と、を含む、絶縁膜の形成方法。 - a)下記式(1-1)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルコール性基質に脱水処理を施す脱水工程と、
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
- さらに、
c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と;
を含む、請求項20に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。 - さらに、
e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含む、請求項20に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。 - さらに、
g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と;
を含む、請求項20に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。 - さらに、
i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、を含む、請求項20に記載の式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。 - k)下記式(1)で表される一般構造:
を有するヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーを準備する工程と;
l)前記ヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーにアシル化処理を施すアシル化工程と、
を含む、下記式(2)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
(式(2)中、RAは、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、RXは、ORB又は水素原子であり、RBは、置換もしくは非置換の炭素数1~30のアルキル基であり、RCは、置換もしくは非置換の炭素数1~30のアシル基である。) - c)下記式(1-2)で表される一般構造:
d)前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性化合物の製造方法。
- e)下記式(1-3)で表される一般構造:
f)前記アルコール性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-1)で表されるヨウ素含有アルコール性化合物の製造方法。
- g)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
h)前記ケトン性基質にヨウ素原子を導入するヨウ素導入工程と、
を含む、下記式(1-2)で表されるヨウ素含有ケトン化合物の製造方法。
- i)下記式(1-4)で表される一般構造:
j)前記ケトン性基質に還元処理を施す還元工程と、
とを含む、下記式(1-3)で表されるアルコール化合物の製造方法。
- a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)Wittig反応により前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質のカルボニル部位からアルケンを形成するWittig反応工程と;
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
- a)下記式(1-5)で表される一般構造:
b)前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質にマロン酸を付加するマロン酸付加工程と;
c)前記マロン酸を付加した前記ヨウ素含有アルデヒド性基質又は前記ヨウ素含有ケトン性基質に加水分解処理を施してヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質を生成する加水分解工程と;
d)前記ヨウ素含有カルボン酸性基質に脱炭酸処理を施す脱炭酸工程と;
を含む、下記式(1)で表されるヨウ素含有ビニルモノマーの製造方法。
- 極端紫外線用途で適用される、請求項1~請求項31のいずれか1項に記載の化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法。
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020237024950A KR20230123513A (ko) | 2020-12-21 | 2021-12-21 | 화합물, 중합체, 조성물, 막형성용 조성물, 패턴의형성방법, 절연막의 형성방법 및 화합물의 제조방법 |
JP2022571521A JPWO2022138670A1 (ja) | 2020-12-21 | 2021-12-21 | |
CN202180086595.5A CN116615405A (zh) | 2020-12-21 | 2021-12-21 | 化合物、聚合物、组合物、膜形成用组合物、图案的形成方法、绝缘膜的形成方法及化合物的制造方法 |
US18/268,940 US20230348351A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2021-12-21 | Compound, polymer, composition, composition for film formation, pattern formation method, insulating film formation method, and method for producing compound |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020-211688 | 2020-12-21 | ||
JP2020211688 | 2020-12-21 | ||
JP2021-017621 | 2021-02-05 | ||
JP2021017621 | 2021-02-05 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022138670A1 true WO2022138670A1 (ja) | 2022-06-30 |
Family
ID=82159406
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2021/047416 WO2022138670A1 (ja) | 2020-12-21 | 2021-12-21 | 化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法 |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20230348351A1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JPWO2022138670A1 (ja) |
KR (1) | KR20230123513A (ja) |
TW (1) | TW202241836A (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2022138670A1 (ja) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2023051837A (ja) * | 2021-09-30 | 2023-04-11 | ローム アンド ハース エレクトロニック マテリアルズ エルエルシー | ヨウ素含有酸開裂性化合物、それから誘導されるポリマー、及びフォトレジスト組成物 |
WO2024005049A1 (ja) * | 2022-06-28 | 2024-01-04 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | 組成物、樹脂組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターン形成方法及び化合物 |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000122291A (ja) * | 1998-10-09 | 2000-04-28 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | 化学増幅レジスト用材料、感光性樹脂組成物および該組成物を半導体装置の製造に使用する方法 |
JP2019061217A (ja) * | 2017-09-25 | 2019-04-18 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | レジスト材料及びパターン形成方法 |
WO2020137935A1 (ja) * | 2018-12-27 | 2020-07-02 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | 化合物、(共)重合体、組成物、パターン形成方法、及び化合物の製造方法 |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6196897B2 (ja) | 2013-12-05 | 2017-09-13 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | ネガ型レジスト組成物、レジストパターン形成方法及び錯体 |
JP7222674B2 (ja) | 2017-12-15 | 2023-02-15 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | 反射防止膜、反射防止膜の製造方法、及び眼鏡型ディスプレイ |
KR102606989B1 (ko) | 2018-03-30 | 2023-11-29 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Euv광용 네거티브형 감광성 조성물, 패턴 형성 방법, 전자 디바이스의 제조 방법 |
-
2021
- 2021-12-21 TW TW110148030A patent/TW202241836A/zh unknown
- 2021-12-21 JP JP2022571521A patent/JPWO2022138670A1/ja active Pending
- 2021-12-21 US US18/268,940 patent/US20230348351A1/en active Pending
- 2021-12-21 KR KR1020237024950A patent/KR20230123513A/ko unknown
- 2021-12-21 WO PCT/JP2021/047416 patent/WO2022138670A1/ja active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000122291A (ja) * | 1998-10-09 | 2000-04-28 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | 化学増幅レジスト用材料、感光性樹脂組成物および該組成物を半導体装置の製造に使用する方法 |
JP2019061217A (ja) * | 2017-09-25 | 2019-04-18 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | レジスト材料及びパターン形成方法 |
WO2020137935A1 (ja) * | 2018-12-27 | 2020-07-02 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | 化合物、(共)重合体、組成物、パターン形成方法、及び化合物の製造方法 |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2023051837A (ja) * | 2021-09-30 | 2023-04-11 | ローム アンド ハース エレクトロニック マテリアルズ エルエルシー | ヨウ素含有酸開裂性化合物、それから誘導されるポリマー、及びフォトレジスト組成物 |
WO2024005049A1 (ja) * | 2022-06-28 | 2024-01-04 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | 組成物、樹脂組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターン形成方法及び化合物 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2022138670A1 (ja) | 2022-06-30 |
KR20230123513A (ko) | 2023-08-23 |
TW202241836A (zh) | 2022-11-01 |
US20230348351A1 (en) | 2023-11-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2021029395A1 (ja) | 化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターン形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法、並びにヨウ素含有ビニルポリマーおよびそのアセチル化誘導体の製造方法 | |
TWI516859B (zh) | Sensitive radiation linear resin composition, resist pattern formation method, polymer and compound | |
JP5713011B2 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジストパターン形成方法、重合体及び化合物 | |
KR101771723B1 (ko) | 감방사선성 수지 조성물 및 이에 의해 형성되는 레지스트 피막 | |
JPWO2020137935A1 (ja) | 化合物、(共)重合体、組成物、パターン形成方法、及び化合物の製造方法 | |
JP2018028574A (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジストパターン形成方法及び感放射線性酸発生剤 | |
WO2022138670A1 (ja) | 化合物、重合体、組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターンの形成方法、絶縁膜の形成方法及び化合物の製造方法 | |
WO2014148241A1 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジストパターン形成方法、重合体及び化合物の製造方法 | |
WO2021029396A1 (ja) | 化合物、(共)重合体、組成物、及びパターン形成方法 | |
US20230096137A1 (en) | Composition for lithography and pattern formation method | |
JPWO2020040161A1 (ja) | 化合物、及びそれを含む組成物、並びに、レジストパターンの形成方法及び絶縁膜の形成方法 | |
JPWO2020040162A1 (ja) | 化合物、及びそれを含む組成物、並びに、レジストパターンの形成方法及び絶縁膜の形成方法 | |
JP5834985B2 (ja) | 液浸露光用レジスト組成物 | |
WO2021230300A1 (ja) | 化合物、(共)重合体、組成物、レジストパターン形成方法、並びに化合物及び(共)重合体の製造方法 | |
WO2018230334A1 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターン形成方法 | |
CN116615405A (zh) | 化合物、聚合物、组合物、膜形成用组合物、图案的形成方法、绝缘膜的形成方法及化合物的制造方法 | |
JP6794728B2 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジストパターン形成方法、重合体及び化合物 | |
JP5857522B2 (ja) | 化合物及びフォトレジスト組成物 | |
WO2015037520A1 (ja) | 樹脂組成物、レジストパターン形成方法及び重合体 | |
WO2018194123A1 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターン形成方法 | |
JP2022095677A (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターンの形成方法 | |
WO2017130629A1 (ja) | 感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターン形成方法 | |
WO2024005049A1 (ja) | 組成物、樹脂組成物、膜形成用組成物、パターン形成方法及び化合物 | |
WO2014175275A1 (ja) | 新規脂環式エステル化合物、(メタ)アクリル共重合体およびそれを含む感光性樹脂組成物 | |
TW202409163A (zh) | 組成物、樹脂組成物、膜形成用組成物、圖型形成方法及化合物 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21910810 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022571521 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 18268940 Country of ref document: US Ref document number: 202180086595.5 Country of ref document: CN |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20237024950 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21910810 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |